· 2018-04-23 · handbook of courses specifications page 2 contents general chemistry i - chem...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
Chemistry Programme
Appendices
Appendix: CHEM06
![Page 2: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
HANDBOOK OF COURSES SPECIFICATIONS
Compulsory and Elective Courses for B. Sc. Chemistry Programme
College of Science – Department of Chemistry University of Hail
![Page 3: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2
Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101 ...................................................................................................... 4
General Chemistry II - CHEM 102 ................................................................................................... 13 Instruments and Lab Safety - CHEM 115 ......................................................................................... 22 Chemical Thermodynamics - CHEM 262 ......................................................................................... 29 Organic chemistry I – CHEM 273 .................................................................................................... 37 Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 274 ................................................................................................... 46
Practical Organic Chemistry 1 – CHEM 275 .................................................................................... 56 Chemistry of Main Group Elements -CHEM 286 ............................................................................. 65 Chemistry of Transition Metals - CHEM 287 ................................................................................... 74 Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis - CHEM 293 ......................................................................... 82 Method of Spectroscopic Analysis - CHEM 294 .............................................................................. 92
Nano-Chemistry - CHEM 310 ........................................................................................................ 101 Biochemistry CHEM 312 ................................................................................................................ 108
Green Chemistry – CHEM 314 ....................................................................................................... 118 Biochemistry II - CHEM 318 .......................................................................................................... 126
Industrial Chemistry - CHEM 319 .................................................................................................. 135 Electrochemistry - CHEM 366 ........................................................................................................ 143
Practical Physical Chemistry 1 - CHEM 367 .................................................................................. 151 Chemical Kinetics - CHEM 368 ..................................................................................................... 158 Physical Chemistry of Polymers - CHEM 369 ............................................................................... 166
Organic Reaction Mechanism – CHEM 371 ................................................................................... 173 Organic Spectroscopy - CHEM376 ................................................................................................. 182
Polymer Chemistry – CHEM 377 ................................................................................................... 191 Symmetry and Point Group Theory - CHEM 381 .......................................................................... 200
Coordination Chemistry - CHEM 385 ............................................................................................ 208 Solid State Chemistry - CHEM 387 ................................................................................................ 218
Electroanalytical Techniques - CHEM 392 ..................................................................................... 226 Environmental analysis - CHEM 393 ............................................................................................. 234 Practical Instrumental Analysis - CHEM 394 ................................................................................. 242
Water Treatment - CHEM 395 ........................................................................................................ 251 Statistics for Chemists - CHEM 413 ............................................................................................... 260
Quantum Chemistry - CHEM 461 ................................................................................................... 268 Applied Physical Chemistry - CHEM 465 ...................................................................................... 276 Surface and Catalysis -CHEM 466 ................................................................................................. 284 Practical Physical Chemistry II - CHEM 467 ................................................................................. 292 Colloid Chemistry – CHEM 468 ..................................................................................................... 300
Heterocyclic Chemistry– CHEM 470 ............................................................................................. 307 Natural Products Chemistry – CHEM 473 ...................................................................................... 315
Advanced Organic Synthesis – CHEM 476 .................................................................................... 324 Practical Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 478 .................................................................................. 332 Petrochemicals – CHEM 479 .......................................................................................................... 340 Applied Inorganic Chemistry - CHEM 480 .................................................................................... 349 Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry - CHEM 483 ............................................................................. 357 Bioinorganic Chemistry - CHEM 487 ............................................................................................. 365
![Page 4: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 3
Organometallic Chemistry - CHEM 488 ......................................................................................... 373
Cluster Chemistry - CHEM 489 ...................................................................................................... 381
Chromatographic Separation Methods - CHEM 493 ...................................................................... 389
Applied Analytical Chemistry - CHEM 495 ................................................................................... 397 Research Project - CHEM 497 ........................................................................................................ 406 Drug Analysis - CHEM 498 ............................................................................................................ 416 General Physics for Scientist - PHYS 201 ...................................................................................... 425 Mathematics for Chemistry – MATH 200 ...................................................................................... 433
![Page 5: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
General Chemistry I - CHEM 101
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 6: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 27/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: General Chemistry I - CHEM 101
2. Credit hours: 4
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
General course in many programs
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: First level / First Year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): None
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: Course manual and lab manual are offered to students. Explanation on board and discussion in
addition to power point representation.
B. Objectives
100 %
![Page 7: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be taught the basic concepts of chemistry needed for
higher level courses, that enable them to:
a) Develop their understanding of the deferent states and properties of matter and energy.
b) Improve their skills regarding laboratory investigations using scientific methods.
c) Perform chemical calculations.
d) Identify the properties of solutions and relevant applications.
e) Understand the types of chemical reactions (precipitations, Acid-Base, Gas evaluations and
redox reactions).
f) Apply gas laws in order to solve problems concerning gas behavior.
g) Understand principles underlying first law of thermodynamics and its applications in
thermochemistry.
h) Tough the quantum-mechanical model of the atom and spectra.
i) Tough the electronic configuration and Periodic Properties of the Elements.
j) Tough the types of chemical bonding, electronegativity and lewis theory.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
a) Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the lecture
course material.
b) The lab experiments were reviewed to remove the experiments of too much chemical waste;
some of new experiments have been introduced.
c) Using models of molecules and educational videos
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of chemical
foundation, atoms, molecules, ions, stoichiometry, types of chemical reactions, solution stoichiometry,
gases, thermochemistry, atomic structure and periodicity, and general concept of chemical bonding.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
![Page 8: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Chapter 1
Matter, Measurement, and Problem Solving 1 3
1- Chapter 2
Atoms and Elements 2 6
Chapter 3
Molecules, Compounds, and Chemical Equations 2 6
Chapter 4
Chemical Quantities and Aqueous Reactions 2 6
Chapter 5
Gases 1 3
Chapter 6
Thermochemistry 2 6
Chapter 7
The Quantum-Mechanical Model of the Atom 1 3
Chapter 8
Periodic Properties of the Elements 2 6
Chapter 9
Chemical Bonding I: Lewis Theory 2 6
Total 15 45
2. Topics to be Covered in Laboratory
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours
1. Introduction. 1 3
2. Safety and security. 1 3
3. Density and Significant Figures in Data
Collection and Calculation 1 3
4. Melting Points and Boiling Points 1 3
5. Separation of Mixtures
6. Revision. 1 3
7. Mid-term lab exam. 1 3
![Page 9: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
8. Formula of Hydrate 1 3
9. Precipitation Reaction / Limiting Reactant 1 3
10. Acid Base Titration 1 3
11. Oxidation Reduction Titration 1 3
12. Qualitative Analysis of Anions 1 3
13. Qualitative Analysis of Cations 1 3
14. Determination of The Gas Constant, R 1 3
15. Final Lab Exam. 1 3
Total 15 45
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 45 - 45 90 90 180
Credit 3 - 1 - 4 7.2
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
0
![Page 10: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Define the basic concepts of General Chemistry Lecture by using power
point presentation
Exams (major 1 + major 2 +
final exam)
1.2 Memorize the different states and properties of
matter Lecture by using power
point presentation
Exams (major 1 + final
exam)
1.3 Recognize the different laws related to gases and
thermodynamic calculations
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Final exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Predict model of atoms and bonding in molecules
including electron configuration, valence electrons,
core electrons and Lewis structure and the
corresponding properties
Brainstorming
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Exams (major 2 + final
exam)
2.2 Write chemical equations, differentiate between
types of chemical reactions and assign the role of
each reactant
Brainstorming
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Exams (major 2 + final
exam)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Demonstrate the ability to work in group Discussion in group Home work
Quizzes
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Operate chemical calculations (use SI units and
conversion factors in problem solving)
Brainstorming
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Exams (2 majors + final
exam)
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 Operate general experiments in the lab using
different tools and different techniques correctly
lab demonstrations
small group work
Lab experiments
Mid-term lab exam
Final lab exam
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 3.2 4.3 5.2
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.1
![Page 11: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activates ( Quizzes, homework) weekly 5%
2
Major exams I Within the sixth week
10%
3 Major exams II Within the
Tenth week 15%
4 Lab activates weekly 25%
5 Final exam As
scheduled by the
registrar
45%
6 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 4 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
1 - Nivaldo J. Tro, Principles of Chemistry- A Molecular Approach, International Edition (2010),
ISBN: 978-0-321-65771-8.
2 - Chemistry, 8th Edition (2010), Steven S. Zumdahl and Suzan A. Zumdahl, Brooks/Cole, Cengage
Learning, Belmont, USA, ISBN (Student edition): 978-0-495-82992-8; 0-495-82992-7.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
General Chemistry (4th Edition) by John W. Hill, Ralph H. Petrucci, Terry W. McCreary, and
Scott S. Perry (Mar 12, 2004).
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Any available sites on chemistry on the internet.
![Page 12: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
Websites on the internet that relevant to the topics of the course.
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
Multi- media associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
a) Lecture room with at least 35 seats.
b) Auditorium of a capacity of not less than 100 seats for large lecture format classes.
c) Computer and internet connection.
d) The chemistry lab with 24 student’s capacity equipped with necessary equipment, glassware
and chemicals necessary for this course.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
a) Computer room containing at least 15 systems.
b) Scientific calculator for each student.
c) Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
a) Availability of chemicals, glassware and equipment relevant to the course material as
mentioned in the laboratory manual.
b) Safety facilities.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process that used for course.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
• Peer consultation on teaching
![Page 13: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
1. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
2. Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
3. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
4. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
• Teaching the course by different staff members.
• Marking exam questions by different teachers.
• Remarking of test papers by an another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes
Name of Course Instructor: _________________________________________________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___ 28/05/2017 ____
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 14: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
General Chemistry II - CHEM 102
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 15: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: General Chemistry II - CHEM 102
2. Credit hours: 4 (3 credit hours for Lecture + 1 credit hour for Lab.)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr. Reda Abdelhamid
Female Branch: Dr. Nashwa Saad Abdelshafy
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd Level/2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 101
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
100%
![Page 16: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
B. Objectives 1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, students will be:
a. Taught the general concepts of solutions and the colligative properties of solutions.
b. Given the basics of chemical kinetics.
c. Taught the chemical equilibrium concepts, factors affecting equilibrium constants,
homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria and acid-base equilibria.
d. Given the general concepts and principles of entropy, free energy and
electrochemistry. 2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in
the field)
a. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the
lecture course material.
b. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed only by
the students enrolled in the course.
c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
d. The lab experiments will be reviewed periodically.
e. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
Theoretical Part: The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of liquids, solids,
properties of solutions, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases, spontaneity, entropy,
free energy, and electrochemistry.
Practical Part: 12 experiments related to the theoretical topics.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours
Introduction.
Chapter 1: Solutions.
1.1Types of solutions and solubility.
1.2 Energetics of solution formation.
1.3 Solution equilibrium and factors affecting solubility.
1.4 Expressing solution concentration.
1.5 Colligative properties for strong electrolyte solutions.
2 6
![Page 17: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Chapter 2: Chemical kinetics.
2.1 The rate of chemical reaction.
2.2 The rate law.
2.3 The integrated rate law.
2.4 The effect of temperature on reaction rate.
2.5 Reaction mechanisms.
2.6 Catalysis.
2 6
Chapter 3: Chemical equilibrium.
3.1 The concept of dynamic equilibrium.
3.2 The equilibrium constant.
3.3 Expressing the equilibrium constant in terms of pressure.
3.4 Heterogeneous equilibria: reactions involving solids and
liquids.
3.5 Calculating the equilibrium constant from measured
equilibrium concentrations.
3.6 The reaction Quotient: predicting the direction of change.
3.7 Finding equilibrium concentrations.
2 6
Chapter 4: Acids and Bases.
4.1 The nature and definitions of acids and bases.
4.2 Acid strength and the acid ionization constant.
4.3 Autoionization of water and pH.
4.4 Finding [H3O+] and pH of strong and weak acid solutions.
4.5 Base solutions.
4.6 The acid – base properties of ions and salts.
4.7 Acid strength and molecular structure.
4.8 Lewis acids and bases.
2 6
Chapter 5: Aqueous ionic equilibrium.
5.1 Buffers.
5.2 Titrations and pH curves.
5.3 Solubility equilibria and the solubility product constant.
5.4 Precipitation.
5.5 Complex ion equilibria.
2.5 7.5
Chapter 6: Free energy and thermodynamics.
6.1 Spontaneous and nonspontaneous processes.
6.2 Entropy and the second law of the thermodynamics.
6.3 Heat transfer and changes in the entropy of the
surroundings.
6.4 Gibbs free energy.
6.5 Entropy and Free energy changes in chemical reactions.
6.6 Free energy changes for nonstandard states.
6.7 Free energy and equilibrium constant.
2 6
Chapter 7: Electrochemistry.
7.1 Balancing oxidation – reduction equations.
7.2 Voltaic or galvanic cells.
7.3 Standard electrode potentials.
7.4 Cell potential, free energy and equilibrium constant.
7.5 Cell potential and concentration.
7.6 Batteries.
7.7 Electrolysis.
7.8 Corrosion.
2.5 7.5
![Page 18: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
Total
15 45
2. Topics to be Covered in Laboratory
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours
16. Introduction. 1 3
17. Safety and security. 1 3
18. Determination of viscosity of a given sample
of liquid using viscometer. 1 3
19. Iodine clock reaction. 1 3
20. Chemical equilibrium and Le Châtelier’s
principle.
21. Revision. 1 3
22. Mid-term lab exam. 1 3
23. Acid-base titration. 1 3
24. Acid dissociation constant. 1 3
25. Factors affecting solubility. 1 3
26. Volumetric estimation of Copper II
iodometrically. 1 3
27. Determine the enthalpy of neutralization
reaction. 1 3
28. Study the galvanic cell and solution of
Nernst equation. 1 3
29. Revision. 1 3
30. Final Lab Exam. 1 3
Total 15 45
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 45 - 45 90 90 180
Credit 3 - 1 - 4 7.2
*Self-study is not included
![Page 19: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Recognize the concepts of chemical
equilibrium, chemical kinetics and
Aqueous ionic equilibrium
Lecture and discussion Major 1, Major 2, final exams, lab
report
1.2 State Standard electrode and cell
potential, thermodynamics laws, acid-
base equilibria and solution properties.
Lecture and discussion Major 1, Major 2, final exams,
lab report
2.0 Cognitive Skills
By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Calculate different terms related to
chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium
and thermodynamics.
Lecture, discussion, and
brainstorming
Major 1, Major 2, final exams,
lab report
2.2 Estimate the electromotive force of an
electrochemical cell, solution
concentrations and pH.
Lecture, discussion, and
brainstorming
Major 1, Major 2, final exams,
lab report
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Analyze different situations and problems
related to the studied topics.
Brainstorming, Lecture and
small group work Group reports, lab reports
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Research on different topics in different
websites of the studied topics Research activity Group reports
5.0 Psychomotor
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
5.1 Preform properly and safely chemistry
experiments. Lab experiments
Midterm lab exam, Final lab
exam, lab reports.
None
![Page 20: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1 5.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.1
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.) Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment 1 Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group report) Regularly 5%
2 Major I exam 6 10%
3 Midterm lab exam 7 10%
4 Major II exam 12 15%
5 Lab activity (Lab report) Each lab 5%
6 Final lab exam 15 10%
7 Final exam As scheduled on the
banner 45%
8 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career advice,
and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
Nivaldo J. Tro, Principles of Chemistry- A Molecular Approach, International Edition (2010), ISBN:
978-0-321-65771-8.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
General Chemistry: Principles and Modern Applications, 8th Edition by Ralph H. Petrucci, William
S. Harwood, F. Geoffrey Herring. Prentice-Hall, Inc. 2001. ISBN-10: 0130143294, ISBN-13: 978-
0130143297.
![Page 21: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
Chemistry, 8th Edition (2010), Steven S. Zumdahl and Suzan A. Zumdahl, Brooks/Cole, Cengage
Learning, Belmont, USA, ISBN (Student edition): 978-0-495-82992-8; 0-495-82992-7.
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
a. http://wps.prenhall.com/esm_tro_chemistry_1/
b. http://wps.prenhall.com/esm_hillpetrucci_genchem_4/ 5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software.
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.
c. Handouts.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
a. Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats)
b. Computer and internet.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
a. Data show
b. Smart board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1..Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
a. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process used during the course.
b. Confidential completion of course evaluation survey. 2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.
c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching
a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
b. Workshop presented by experts on modern teaching methodologies. 4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching
staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at
another institution)
![Page 22: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be
approved by the departmental and higher councils.
b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Dr. Nashwa Saad Abdelshafy
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 23: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Instruments and Lab Safety - CHEM 115
T6. Course Specification
![Page 24: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 15.12.2016
College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Instruments and Lab Safety / CHEM 115
2. Credit hours: 1 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
B.Sc. Chemistry program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch:
Female Branch: Dr. Safaa A. Abd Elwahab
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd
level / Second year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):general chemistry I -CHEM 101
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Not applicable
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: In addition to the power point presentation, the content of the course will also explained using
smart board or white board.
100% √
![Page 25: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, the students will be
• Given an overview of the General Laboratory Safety Standard.
• Taught the basic concepts of laboratory Instruments.
• Given the general concepts of different instruments used in chemical labs and given the shapes and names
of standard instruments that using in the chemistry lab.
• Taught physical and health hazards of the chemicals, toxins, biological samples, and radiation in the work
area.
• Given the classifications of hazardous chemicals.
Taught the emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only
Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
• The goal of this course is to understand the following topics: the General Laboratory Safety
Standard, basic concepts of laboratory Instruments , the general concepts of different instruments used in
chemical labs and given the shapes and names of standard instruments that using in the chemistry lab.
Also, physical and health hazards of the chemicals, toxins, biological samples, and radiation in the work
area , the classifications of hazardous chemicals, the emergency procedures, and personal protective
equipment.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter 1 General Work Practices:
1.1. Introduction (Classification of chemicals).
1.2. Chemical Safety Plan.
1.3. Standard Operation Procedures.
3 3
2- Chapter 2 Basic Tools and Lab. Instruments:
3- 2.1. Instruments Used in the Lab and Their Uses. 6 6
![Page 26: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Chapter 3 Laboratory Safety Equipment's:
3.1. Personal Protective Equipment's.
3.2. Laboratory Safety Emergency Stations:
Eyewash Stations and safety showers.
The Fire Triangle.
Classification of Fuels.
Types of Fire Extinguishers.
Rules for Fighting Fires.
How to use a fire Extinguisher.
3 3
Chapter 4 Emergency Procedures and Transportation of Dangerous
Materials:
4.1. Emergency Procedures.
4.2. Transportation of Dangerous Materials
3 3
15 15
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 15 - - 30 15 45
Credit 1 - - - 1 1.8
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
*Minimum learning hours that must be spent by the student to study course materials.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
none
![Page 27: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the roles of Safety in laboratory. Lecture, discussion. Exams (2 majors + final
exam)
1.2 Define the different sources of hazard in the
laboratory.
Small group discussion,
lecture.
Exams (2 majors + final
exam)
1.3 Describe the general concepts of different
instruments used in the chemistry Lab.
Small group discussion,
lecture.
Exams (2 majors + final
exam)
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Differentiate between different types of Fire
Extinguishers.
Brainstorming, lecture. Exams (major 2+ final
exam).
2.2 Explain the various ways of toxic chemical wastes
disposal.
Brainstorming, lecture. Exams ( final exam).
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Collaborate in team work. Small group work. Group reports.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on General Laboratory Safety
Standard.
Research activities. Group reports.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Not applicable
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top).
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Class activates ( in-class quizzes, homework, group report) Once in
two weeks 10%
![Page 28: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
2 Major examination 1 6 20%
3 Major examination 2 12 20%
4 Final examination After 15th
week 50%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
Each faculty member is available in his/her office at least2 hours/week for students' consultation and
academic advice. Detailed office hour information will be given to students during the first lecture. The same
information is also displayed outside the faculty member’s office.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
Laboratory Safety for Chemistry Students، David Finster, Copyright: 2010 by John Wiley & Sons.Inc.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
a. CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, 5th Edition by A. Keith Furr. ISBN-10: 0849325234, ISBN-13: 978-
0849325236
Instrumentation Reference Book, 4th Edition by W. Boyes. ISBN-978-0-7506-8304-1
3. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
a. http://www.chemweb.com
b. http://www.chemistry.com
4. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software. a. Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. b. Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. c. Materials available on the course teacher 's home page
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
None
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
1- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats)
2- Data show, computer and internet.
![Page 29: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
1- Data show / Smart Board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
a. Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching process that
used for course.
b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
a. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
b. Peer consultation on teaching
c. Departmental council discussions
d. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
a. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
b. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
c. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
d. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member
teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with
staff at another institution)
Check marking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department.
Name of Course Instructor: _ Dr. Safaa A. Abd Elwahab _______________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 30: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Chemical Thermodynamics - CHEM 262
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 31: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Chemical Thermodynamics - CHEM 262
2. Credit hours: 3 (Three Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi
Female Branch: Dr. Dina El Najjar
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th level / 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 102
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage? 100
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
![Page 32: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, students will be:
a. Taught about Gases and their properties.
b. Given the Equations of state and how to apply them on chemical problems.
c. Taught the laws of thermodynamics, and how to use them to establish relations between different
properties of a system.
d. Given the formulation of the phase rule, the use and interpretation of phase diagrams.
e. Taught the concepts of free energy and chemical potential and how they can be used to account for the
equilibrium composition of chemical reactions.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
a. Computer aided and web based assignments.
b. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the lecture
course material.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of the laws of thermodynamics, gases’
laws, phase rule, Clapeyron equation, mixtures, partial molar quantities and equilibrium.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction
Chapter 1: The properties of gases
1.1. The states of gases.
1.2. The gas laws.
1.3. Molecular interactions.
1.4. The van der Waals equation.
2 6
![Page 33: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Chapter 2: The first law of thermodynamics
2.1. Work, heat, and energy.
2.2. The internal energy.
2.3. Expansion work.
2.4. Heat transactions.
2.5. Enthalpy.
2.6. Adiabatic changes.
2.7. Standard enthalpy changes.
2.8. Standard enthalpies of formation.
2.9. The temperature dependence of reaction enthalpies.
2.10. Exact and inexact differentials.
2.11. Changes in internal energy.
2.12. The Joule-Thomson effect.
3 9
Chapter 3: The second law of thermodynamics
3.1. The dispersal of energy.
3.2. Entropy.
3.3. Entropy changes accompanying specific processes.
3.4. The third law of thermodynamics.
3.5. The Helmholtz and Gibbs energies.
3.6. Standard molar Gibbs energies.
3.7. The fundamental equation.
3.8. Properties of the internal energy.
3.9. Properties of the Gibbs energy.
2 6
Chapter 4: Physical transformations of pure substances
4.1. The stabilities of phases.
4.2. Phase boundaries.
4.3. Three representative phase diagrams.
4.4. The dependence of stability on the conditions.
4.5. The location of phase boundaries.
4.6. The Ehrenfest classification of phase transitions.
2 6
Chapter 5: Simple mixtures
5.1. Partial molar quantities.
5.2. The thermodynamics of mixing.
5.3. The chemical potentials of liquids.
5.4. Liquid mixtures.
5.5. Colligative properties.
5.6. Vapour pressure diagrams.
5.7. Temperature-composition diagrams.
5.8. Liquid-liquid phase diagrams.
5.9. Liquid-solid phase diagrams.
4 12
Chapter 6: Chemical equilibrium
6.1. The Gibbs energy minimum.
6.2. The description of equilibrium.
6.3. How equilibria respond to changes of pressure.
6.4. The response of equilibria to changes of temperature.
2 6
Total
15 45
![Page 34: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 45 - - 90 45 135
Credit 3 - - - 3 5.4
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Recognize different types of gases, their properties
and the related equations of state. Lecture and discussion Major I, Final Exam
1.2 Recall the 1st and 2nd law of thermodynamics
applied to reversible and irreversible processes, the
3rd law of thermodynamics, entropy calculations,
Gibbs energy and chemical potential.
Lecture and discussion Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
1.3 Describe the features of phase diagrams for unary
and binary systems. Lecture and discussion Major II, Final Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Calculate different thermodynamic parameters for
specific processes. Lecture and discussion
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
2.2 Evaluate thermodynamic properties of binary
mixtures: partial molar quantities, chemical
potential of ideal and real solutions, and colligative
properties.
Lecture and discussion Final Exam
2.3 Estimate the chemical equilibrium position and
extent of reaction. Lecture and discussion Final Exam
![Page 35: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Show the ability to work in group Small group work Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different thermodynamic
topics in different websites of physical chemistry Research activity Group reports
5.0
Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to
5.1 NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activities (homework, group reports) Each chapter 10%
2
Major I exam 6 20%
3 Major II exam 10 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled
on the banner
50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career
![Page 36: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Julio De Paula and Peter Atkins, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 978-
0199697403.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Thomas Engel and Philip Reid, Physical Chemistry 3rd Edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0321812001.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Keith J. Laidler, John H. Meiser, Bryan C. Sanctuary, Physical Chemistry 4th Edition, 2002, ISBN:
978-0618123414.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://www.colby.edu/chemistry/PChem/Lecture1SDS.html
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Handout of each chapter.
c. CD of the book: Keith J. Laidler, John H. Meiser, Bryan C. Sanctuary, Physical Chemistry 4th
Edition, ISBN: 978-0-618-12341-4.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
a. Data show.
b. Smart Board.
c. Computer and internet connection.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
a. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process used during the course.
b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
a. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
b. Peer consultation on teaching.
![Page 37: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
c. Departmental council discussions.
d. Discussions within teaching staff members.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
b. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be
approved by the departmental and higher councils.
b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi & Dr. Dina El Najjar
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 38: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation &Assessment
Organic chemistry I – CHEM 273
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 39: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution : University of Hail Date of Report: 24/5/2016
College/Department : Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Organic chemistry I – CHEM 273
2. Credit hours : 2 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered.
(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)
Chemistry program 4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course :
Male : Dr. Mohammed M. Sallal
5. Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd level/ 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) : general chemistry II -CHEM 102
8. Location if not on main campus
9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. e-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
√ 100%
%
![Page 40: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
B Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be:
• Taught the basic concepts of Organic chemistry effectively
• Given the structure and nomenclature of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic ,and
aromatic hydrocarbons.
• Taught the synthesis of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic , and aromatic
hydrocarbons.
• Taught the difference between saturated and unsaturated aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons.
• Given the physical and chemical properties of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic ,
and aromatic hydrocarbons. 2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in
the field)
• The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be
accessed by the students enrolled in the course only
• Using models of molecules and / or educational videos
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the origins of organic chemistry and
chemical bonding, aliphatic hydrocarbons: structure, nomenclature, and
stereochemistry (confirmation of alkane, stereochemistry of cycloalkanes and
alkenes, synthesis and reactions of alkynes, aromatic hydrocarbons: benzene,
aromaticity, nomenclature, and reactions (activation and orientation).
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
Chapter 1 Fundamental concepts:
1.1.Introduction to nomenclature,
1.2. carbon's hybridization as sp, sp2 or sp3 according to its bonding
environment and classify bonds as either sigma-bonds (s) or pi-
bonds (p)
1.3. resonance structure and use Lewis diagrams to illustrate it
3 6
![Page 41: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
4- Chapter 2Alkanes:
5- 2.1. Nomenclature of alkanes and Cycloalkanes
6- 2.2. Stereochemistry of cycloalkanes molecular chirality:
enantiomers the stereogenic center and properties of chiral center
7- 2.3. synthesis of alkanes
8- 2.4. Physical and Chemical properties and combustion of alkanes
3 6
Chapter 3 Alkenes:
3.1. Nomenclature of alkenes and its structure,
3.2 . stereochemistry of alkenes and Cycloalkenes. The
configuration around a C=C bond as Z or E,
3.3. synthesis of alkenes
3.4. Physical properties and Chemical reactions of alkenes
2 4
Chapter 4 Alkynes:
4.1. Nomenclature of alkynes and its structure
4.2.Preparation of alkynes,
4.3.Physical properties and reactions of alkynes
2 4
Chapter 5 Arenes and Aromaticity:
5.1. History and Kekulé Formulation of Benzene
5.2. Resonance Formulation of Benzene and stability of benzene,
5.3. Nomenclature,
5.4.Common substituent groups and their effect on Electrophilic
Aromatic substitution (EAS)
5.5.Physical properties and Reactions of benzene
3 6
Chapter 6. Alkyl halide:
6.1.IUPAC nomenclature of alkyl halide ,
6.2.Classes of alkyl and aryl halide,
6.3.Physical properties, Preparation of alkyl and aryl halide
6.4.General Features of Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions
2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
![Page 42: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods
and Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate
learning domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching
strategies that fit and align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes.
Third, insert appropriate assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning
outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to
reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not
required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to : 1.1 Define the basics of Organic Chemistry and the
molecular structures of hydrocarbon
Lecture by using power
point presentation Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final) 1.2 Write the name of aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons
-Small group discussion
-Lecture by using power
point presentation
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
1.3. List the organic synthesis , physical and chemical
properties of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons -Lecture by using power
point presentation
- brainstorming
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
2.0 Cognitive Skills
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
2.1 Explain the structure , physical and chemical
properties of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons
-Small group discussion
-Individual Or/ and group
presentations
-Lecture by using power
point presentation
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
2.2 Differentiate between structure and chemical
reaction of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbons
-brainstorming
-Lecture by using power
point presentation
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
By the end of this course the students will be able to : 3.1 Select appropriate procedure for chemical synthesis
of saturated , unsaturated aliphatic and aromatic
-Brainstorming ,
-Lecture by using power Examination (Quizzes +
None
![Page 43: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Organic compounds point presentation M1 + M2+ Final) 3.2
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to : 4.1 Research on hydrocarbons compounds (Naming-
Hybridization, Reaction)
research activities Individual and/or group
presentations
Peer and self-evaluations
4.2
5.0 Psychomotor
By the end of this course the students will be able to : 5.1 N/A N/A N/A
5.2
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 2.2 3.3 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,
oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Class ( in class quizzes, homework, small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)
weekly 10%
2
Major exams I Within the sixth week
20%
3
Major exams II Within the Tenth week
20%
5
Final exam As scheduled
by the registrar
50%
Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
![Page 44: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for
students’ consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the
students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, L. G. Wade, Jr., Person Education Inc., 2010 ISBN-10: 0-321-
61006-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-321-61006-5
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
• Helv. Chim. Acta
• Tetrahedron Letters
• J. Org. Chem 3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
• Organic Chemistry, John McMurry's, 5th edition ISBN 0-534-37366-6
• Morrison, R. T.; Boyd, R. N. "Organic Chemistry", 6th edition, Prentice ,Hall of
India, (1996).
• Organic Chemistry. G. Marc loudon, Fourth Edition.
• Organic Chemistry I For Dummies, by Arthur Winter. July (2008).
• Organic Chemistry I, by David R. klein. 2end edition June, (2007.)
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
• http://www.chemweb.com
• http://www.chemistry.com
• http://www.orgsyn.org
• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/
• http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query-Organic+chemistry&aq=f
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and
software. • Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page • Materials available on the course teacher 's black board
F. Facilities Required
![Page 45: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)
• Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach
list)
N/A
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
5. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
6. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
7. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
8. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course
evaluation
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample
of assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
![Page 46: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring
forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are
approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which
is reported to the course instructor officially through the department
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the
proposed changes
Name of Course Instructor: Mohammed M. Sallal
Signature: ___________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator:___________________________ ______________________
Signature: _____________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 47: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 274
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 48: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: CHEM 274 – Organic Chemistry II
2. Credit hours: 2 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
B. Sc. in Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th level / 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 273 – Organic Chemistry I
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
100%
![Page 49: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
➢ Taught the fundamental principles of organic chemistry effectively.,
➢ Taught the structure and nomenclature of alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides, phenols,
aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives), and amines.
➢ Taught the synthesis of alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides, phenols, aldehydes, ketones,
carboxylic (and their derivatives), and amines.
➢ Differentiate between all the function groups of organic compound
Given the physical and chemical properties of alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides, phenols,
aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives), and amines.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
➢ The course material was posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the
students enrolled in the course only
➢ Using models of molecules and educational videos
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
This course covers Classification, nomenclature, physical properties, synthesis and
reactions of the following organic classes: Alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives) and amines.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
![Page 50: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
CHAPTER 1: ALCOHOLS
1.1. Explain strategy of the course
1.2. Structure, Nomenclature of Alcohols (Common & IUPAC names)
& Physical properties
1.3. Preparation & industrial preparation of Alcohols
1.4. Reactivity of Alcohols
1.5. Diols: Structure, Nomenclature (Common & IUPAC names) &
Physical properties, preparation & reactivity
1.6. Thiols: Structure, Nomenclature (Common & IUPAC names) &
Physical properties, preparation & reactivity
3 6
CHAPTER 2: PHENOLS
2.1. Structure, Nomenclature of phenols (Common & IUPAC names) &
Physical properties
2.2. Acidity of phenols
2.3. Preparation of phenol
2.4. Reactivity of phenol : electrophilic substitution
2 4
CHAPTER 3: ETHERS
3.1 Structure, Nomenclature of Ethers (Common & IUPAC names)
& Physical properties
3.2. Preparation of Ethers
3.3. Reactivity of Ethers
1 2
CHAPTER 4: ALDEHYDES & KETONES (CARBONYLS)
4.1 Structure, Nomenclature of aldehyde and Ketones (Common &
IUPAC names) & Physical properties
4.2 Preparation of aldehyde and Ketones
4.3 Physical properties of aldehyde and Ketones
Reactions of aldehyde and Ketones
3 6
![Page 51: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
CHAPTER 5: CARBOXYLIC ACIDS & ACID DERIVATIVES
5.1 Structure, Nomenclature of carboxylic acids (Common &
IUPAC names) & Physical properties
5.2 Acidity of carboxylic acids
5.3 Synthesis of carboxylic acids
5.4 Reactivity of carboxylic acids
5.5 Structure, Nomenclature of carboxylic acid derivatives
(Common & IUPAC names) & Physical properties
5.6 Synthesis of carboxylic acid derivatives
5.7 Reactivity of carboxylic acid derivatives
3 6
CHAPTER 6: AMINES & AMINO COMPOUNDS
6.1 Structure, Nomenclature of amino compounds (Common &
IUPAC names) & Physical properties
6.2 Basicity of Amino compounds
6.3 Synthesis of Amino compounds
6.4 Reactivity of Amino compounds
6.5 Amino Acids: Structure, Nomenclature, Synthesis and reactivity
3 6
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
None
![Page 52: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Define the function groups of Organic
Chemistry by Writing the common and
IUPAC name of all function group
( alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and
their derivatives), and amines.
Lecture by using
power point
presentation
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
1.2 Describe the molecular structures of all
function group
alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and
their derivatives), and amines.
Lecture by using
power point
presentation
Brainstorming
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
1.3 List the organic synthesis of all function
group
alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and
their derivatives), and amines.
Lecture by using
power point
presentation
brainstorming
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain the physical and chemical
properties of all function group
alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and
their derivatives), and amines.
Small group
discussion
Individual and group
Presentations
Lecture by using
power point
presentation
Peer and self-
evaluations
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
2.2 Differentiate between chemical reaction of
all function group
Alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and
brainstorming
Lecture by using
power point
presentation
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
![Page 53: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
their derivatives), and amines.
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Choose the synthesis method of all function
group
alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and
their derivatives), and amines compounds
brainstorming
Lecture by using
power point
presentation
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
3.2
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on all function group
alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and
their derivatives), and amines compounds
(Naming- physical properties, synthesis,
reaction, ……etc.)
research activities small research report or
individual and/or group
presentations peer and
self-evaluations
4.2
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 N/A N/A N/A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 2.2 3.3 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class ( in class quizzes, homework, small research projects or
individual Or/ and group presentations)
weekly 10%
2
Major exams I Within the
sixth week
20%
![Page 54: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
3 Major exams II Within the
Tenth week
20%
4 Final exam As
scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
5 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
➢ Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
➢ Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, L. G. Wade, Jr., Person Education Inc., 2010
ISBN-10: 0-321-61006-7, ISBN-13: 978-0-321-61006-5
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
• Helv. Chim. Acta
• Tetrahedron Letters
• J. Org. Chem
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
• Organic Chemistry (7th Edition) by L. G. Wade (Feb 1, 2009)
• Organic Chemistry by Francis Carey and Robert Giuliano (Jan 8, 2010)
• Organic Chemistry I I ,1 edition, David R. Klein (October 7, 2005) ISBN-10: 0471738085, ISBN-
13: 978-0471738084
• Organic Chemistry by T. W. Graham Solomons and Craig Fryhle (Feb 16,2007)
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
• http://www.chemweb.com
• http://www.chemistry.com
• http://www.orgsyn.org
• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/
![Page 55: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
• http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query-Organic+chemistry&aq=f
1. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.
• Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.
• Materials available on the course teacher 's home page
• Materials available on the course teacher 's black board
• CD for the text book
• Multimedia associated with the text book
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Computer and internet connection
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.): Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
N/A
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
• Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies
![Page 56: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
• Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
• Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members
• The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
• Providing samples of all kind of assessment in the departmental course portfolio of each course.
• Assigning group of faculty members teaching the same course to grade same questions for various
students. Faculties from other institutions are invited to review the accuracy of the grading policy.
• Conducting standard exams such as the American Chemical Society exams or others.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken
are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani
Signature: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani Report Completion Date: 05/11/2016
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 57: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Practical Organic Chemistry 1 – CHEM 275
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 58: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Practical Organic Chemistry 1 – CHEM 275
2. Credit hours: 2 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mohamed Salall
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th level / 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Organic chemistry I - Chem273
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): Organic chemistry II - Chem274
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
√ 100%
![Page 59: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be:
• Taught the synthesis of separation techniques for Organic chemistry effectively.
• Taught how to make identification for the functional groups of organic compounds.
• Taught how to use the physical and chemical properties for identification .
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• Modified and updated lab experiments periodically
• Using video Show as practical explanation of the experiment
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the origins of organic chemistry and chemical bonding. Aliphatic
Hydrocarbons: Structure, nomenclature, synthesis and reactions of alkanes, cycloalkanes, alkenes and
alkynes. Aromatic Hydrocarbons: Structure, nomenclature, synthesis, reactions and aromaticity of benzene.
Alkyl and aryl halides, nomenclature, synthesis and reactions. Also this course covers: Classification,
nomenclature, physical properties, synthesis and reactions of the following organic classes: Alcohols,
phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives), amines and Carbohydrate.
1. Topics to be Covered
![Page 60: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
Experiments 1: Safety in the laboratory
1 6
Experiments 2: Melting points
1 6
Experiments 3: Boiling point and distillation
1 6
Experiments 4:Qualitative elemental analysis
1 6
Experiments 5: Recrystallization
1 6
Experiments 6:Extraction (isolation of caffeine from tea)
1 6
Revision and Mid Term Exam
1 6
Experiments7:Chromatoography(TLC)
1 6
Experiments 8:Identification of Alcohols
1 6
Experiments 9:Identification of Aldehydes & Ketones
1 6
Experiments 10:Identification of Liquid Carboxylic Acids
1 6
Experiments 11:Identification of Solid Carboxylic Acids
1 6
Experiments 12 Identification of Salt of Carboxylic Acids 1 6
Experiments 13:Identification of Aniline Salts
1 6
Revision and Final Exam
1 6
Total 15 90
![Page 61: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours - - - 90 30 90 120
Credit - - - 2 - 2 4.8
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Describe the steps for Synthesis and
characterization of organic compounds
-Lecture by power point
-lab demonstrations.
-Video
•lab reports
•exams
1.2
List the instrument used in organic laboratory.
-Lecture by power
point.
-lab demonstrations
-Video
-Small Group Work
•lab reports
•exams
1.3 Recognize safety rules used in the laboratory
-Lecture by power point
-lab demonstrations
•lab reports
•exams
2.0 Cognitive Skills
None
![Page 62: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
2.1 Estimation the physical properties for some
organic compound
-Lecture by power point
-lab demonstrations
- Video
•lab reports
•exams
2.2 Recognize Chemistry concept and applied it in Lab.
work - Lecture by power point
-lab demonstrations
-Group Discussion
-Small Group Work
-Video
•lab reports
•exams
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Choose the suitable chemical test for
identification functional group
- Lecture by power point
-lab demonstrations
-Group Discussion
-Small Group Work
•lab reports
•exams
3.2 Use the correct functional group to differentiate
between different organic compound -lab demonstrations
-Group Discussion
-Small Group Work
•lab reports
•exams
4.0 Communication, Information Technology Numerical
4.1 Operate the Lab. instrument used in physical and
chemical tests
-Lecture by power
point.
-Lab demonstrations
- Video
Small Group Work
•lab reports
•exams
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Perform all lab experiments safely -Lecture by power
point. -lab demonstrations
- video
-Small Group Work
•lab reports
•exams
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 2.1 3.3 4.1 5.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
![Page 63: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
3.2 √
4.1 √
5.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,
oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Quizzes(Group Work) weekly 10%
2
lab reports weekly 30%
3
Midterm Lab exam Within the
seventh
week
30%
4
Final Lab exam As
scheduled
by the
registrar
30%
5
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and academic advice.
(include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
2 hours /week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks: we don’t have a text book
Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, L. G. Wade, Jr., Person Education Inc., 2010 ISBN-10: 0-321-61006-7 ISBN-13:
978-0-321-61006-5.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
• Helv. Chim. Acta
• Tetrahedron Letters
• J. Org. Chem
![Page 64: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
3.List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
• Organic Chemistry. G. Marc loudon, Fourth Edition.
• Organic Chemistry I For Dummies, by Arthur Winter. July (2008).
4.List Electronic Materials(eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
Web Sites:
http:// www.Chem4all.com
• http://www.chemweb.com
5.Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software.:
• Videos
• Materials available on the course teacher 's black board
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• Lab. room with 20 seats
• Data Show
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
Instruments , glass ware , chemicals and equipment's available in the labs.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Students questioner during semester
• Students Faculty meeting (once during semester)
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
Faculty annual evaluation including teaching by the department and the university
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
• Attendance of Faculty to workshops offered by Teaching and Learning Development Department
• Periodical revision of the method of teaching and the course outcomes
• Review of annual course assessment
• analysis of questionnaires and deal with the weak points
![Page 65: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
4.Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent Check
marking by an independent member teaching staff
• Review corrected exam paper by an independent member teaching staff
• Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms approved by the
DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported
to the course instructor officially through the department.
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
• Department curriculum committee meets in regular basis and recommends revision for improvement.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Mohamed Salall
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 66: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Chemistry of Main Group Elements -CHEM 286
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 67: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 01/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Chemistry of main group elements (CHEM 286)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: B.Sc. Chemistry Program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani P. El Moll and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd level / 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): None
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 102 (General Chemistry II)
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
100%
![Page 68: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By completing this course, students are expected to:
1. Understand the basic concepts of inorganic chemistry such as atoms, molecules, structure and
bonding in molecules, types of bonding.
2. Learn about the periodic table and the properties of the elements as well as the chemistry of
selected main group elements and their associated compounds.
3. Learn the different types and properties of acidic and basic aqueous solutions
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course involves topics in basic inorganic chemistry which cover atomic
structure, molecular structure and bonding, ionic bonding: lattice energy, packing and ionic sizes,
Born-Haber cycle and applications, aqueous solutions, acids and bases, periodic properties of the
elements and the chemistry of selected main group elements and their associated compounds.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1- Basic concepts: atoms
1.1- Fundamental particles of an atom
1.2- Atomic number, mass numbers and isotopes
1.3- Atomic orbitals
1.4- Many-electron atoms &the aufbau principle
1.5- The periodic table
1.6- Effective Nuclear charge
1.7- Periodic trends.
2 4
![Page 69: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
2- Basic concepts: molecules
2.1- Homonuclear diatomic molecules: Valence bond (VB) theory
2.2- Homonuclear diatomic molecules: molecular orbital (MO)
theory
2.3- Dipole moments
2.4-MO theory: heteronuclear diatomic molecules
2.5- Molecular Shapes and VSEPR Model
2.5 5
3- Bonding in polyatomic molecules:
3.1- Valence bond theory: hybridization of atomic orbitals
3.2- Valence bond theory: multiple bonding in polyatomic
molecules
1.5 3
4- Structures and energetics of ionic solids
4.1- Packing of Spheres
4.2- Sizes of ions
4.3- Ionic lattices
4.4- Lattice energy: estimates from an electrostatic model
4.5- Lattice energy: The Born-Haber cycle
2 4
5- Acids and bases in aqueous solution
5.1- Properties of water
5.2- Some Brønsted acids and bases
5.3- Trends within a series of oxoacids
5.4- Amphoteric oxides and hydroxides
3 6
6- The Main Group Elements
6.1- Group1: Hydrogen & he alkali metals
6.2- Group 2: alkaline earth Metals
6.3- The group 13 elements
6.4- The group 14 elements
6.5- The group 15 elements
6.6- The group 16 elements (the chalcogens)
6.7- The group 17 elements (the halogens)
6.8- The group 18 elements (the noble gases)
4 8
Total 15 30
![Page 70: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Describe the structure of atoms, ions,
molecules, and bonding in molecules and ionic
compounds.
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 Elucidate the behavior of acids, bases and ions
in aqueous solutions.
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Major II + Final)
1.3 Define the properties of the elements and the
chemistry of selected main group elements and
their associated compounds.
- Lectures
- Discussions
Final exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
0
![Page 71: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
2.1 Explain the molecular orbital theory and
predict the bond formation possibility between
atoms by calculating the bond order value
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Major I + Final)
2.2 Establish and conclude the formula,
coordination number and geometry of holes
from crystal structures
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Major II + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 NA
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Research effectively online information related
to the course topics
Research and
homework activities
Reports, homework,
quizzes
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.2 2.4 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Reports, homework, quizzes Weekly 10%
2
Major exams I 5th 20%
3 Major exams II 12th 20%
4 Final exam As
scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total 100 %
![Page 72: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
At least 6 hours/week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Ed., Catherine E. Housecroft and Alan G. Sharpe, Pearson Prentice Hall
2008.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
pubs.rsc.org/en/journals/journalissues/cc#!issueid=cc048082&type=current&issnprint=1359-7345
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
- Materials available on blackboard.
- Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
- Crystal models.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
![Page 73: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Weekly academic subject tutorials (Inorganic) in small groups (~7-8 students). Non-attendance
at tutorials triggers investigation by the senior tutor. Students provide written, confidential
feedback on their tutors at the end of the year.
- Student evaluation questioner form to take feedback to increase instructor’s awareness of the
weak and strong points of the course.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Staff appraisal scheme and institutional staff development courses; College Teaching
Development Grant Scheme to fund the development of new teaching and appraisal methods
- Peer observation to benefit from colleagues’ objective feedback and suggestions for
improvement.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
- Training sessions
- Workshops to facilitate the exchange of experiences amongst faculty members
- Regular meetings where problems are discussed and solutions given Set goals for achieving
excellence in teaching at the beginning of each new semester after reviewing last semester’s
teaching strategies and results
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
- Check marking of a sample of examination papers either by a resident or visiting faculty member
- Assigning group of faculty members teaching the same course to grade same questions for various
students. Faculty from other institutions are invited to review the accuracy of the grading policy
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken
are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hani P. El Moll and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: __29/05/2017______
![Page 74: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 75: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Chemistry of Transition Metals - CHEM 287
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 76: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Chemistry of Transition Metals (CHEM 287)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Abd-Alhhkeem H. Abu-Nawwas
Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th Level / 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chem. of main group elements (CHEM 286)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Main girls campus 14 C
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
100%
![Page 77: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the student should:
1. Review and outline the general physical and chemical behaviour of transition elements
2. Compare between s-block, p-block and d-block elements properties.
3. Account for the descriptive extraction methods of some transition elements.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
1- Provide the enrolled students with the necessary course material.
2- Periodic update of the course content to follow the recent progress in the scientific fields
covered by the course.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course describes the chemistry of transition metals. It explicitly covers the
following areas related to d block elements: occurrence, extraction and uses, physical properties,
general chemical properties and comparison with f block elements (Color, Variable oxidation states,
Complex formation, Magnetic susceptibility and Catalysis) and lanthanide Contraction. A detailed
study of the first row elements (their occurrence, extraction and uses, physical properties and
compounds formation in different oxidation states).
1. Topics to be covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Chapter 1 Basic concepts of transition metals
1.1. Location of transition metals in the periodic table 1 2
1.2. Electronic configuration of transition elements 1 2
1.3. General physical properties 1 2
Chapter 2 The chemistry of Lanthanide and Actinides
2.1. Introduction 1 2
2.2. General chemical properties 1 2
2.3. Mineral resources and methods of recovery 1 2
Chapter 3 The chemistry of the first row transition elements.
![Page 78: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
3.1. Scandium and titanium 1 2
3.2. Vanadium and chromium 1 2
3.3. Manganese and iron 1 2
3.4. Cobalt and nickel 1 2
3.5. Copper and zinc
3.6. Methods of production of some of transition metals
1
1
2
2
Chapter 4 Magnetic properties and catalysis
4.1. Magnetic properties of transition metal complexes 1 2
4.2. Splitting pattern of d-orbitals and values of magnetic
moments
1 2
4.3. Catalytic properties of transition metals and their
compounds
1 2
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
0
![Page 79: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Define basic concepts of transition metal and
its physical and chemical properties
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 Define basic concepts of Lanthanides and
Actinides and their properties
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Majors + Final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Recognize the different mineral resources and
methods of recovery of transition elements.
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Majors + Final)
2.2 Compare between the different physical and
chemical properties of d-block elements and s-
block and p-block elements.
- Lectures
- Discussions
Exams (Majors + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 None
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Demonstrate the abundance and methods of
extraction of transition elements.
Lectures, Research and
homework activities
Reports, homework,
quizzes
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 None
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.3 2.1 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
![Page 80: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
1
Reports, Homework, Quizzes Weekly 10%
2 Major 1 exam 6th Week 20%
3
Major 2 exam 12th Week 20%
4
Final exam
Scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total --- 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
2 hours / week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Ed., Catherine E. Housecroft and Alan G. Sharpe, Pearson Prentice Hall
2008
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
a) 'Basic Inorganic Chemistry' - F.A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson and P.L. Gaus, John Wiley and Sons,
Inc. 3rd Ed., 1994.
b) Inorganic Chemistry, Miessler, G.L. and Tarr, D.A., 3rd edition, Pearson Prentice
Hall, Upper Saddle River, N.J., 2004.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
![Page 81: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet
connection
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the
instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods
- Attending teachers' meetings
- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
![Page 82: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
Name of Course Instructors: Dr. Abd-Alhhkeem H. Abu-Nawwas
Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 83: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis - CHEM 293
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 84: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Volumetric and gravimetric analysis / CHEM 293
2. Credit hours: 4 credit hours (3 Lec. + 1 Lab.)
Contact hours: {3 Lec + 3 Lab} Each 3 lab contact hours equivalent to one credit hours.
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level three / 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): N/A
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 102 – General chemistry II
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: N/A
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be:-
- Given the fundamental principles of volumetric and gravimetric analysis.
- Taught the basic calculations and data treatment methods in analytical chemistry
- Given the criteria for choosing the suitable analytical methods
- Acquire basic laboratory skills and techniques
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented. (e.g.
100% √
![Page 85: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new
research in
the field)
3- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
4- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
5- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
6- Updating text books.
7- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
8- Providing time for tutorial
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
This course intends to introduce the theory and fundamentals of classical analytical methods, and application
of the related knowledge to perform quantitative analysis in a laboratory, Basic calculations and data
treatment methods used in quantitative analysis.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
1. Introduction to Volumetric Analysis
1.1 Some terms used in Volumeric Titrimetry
1.2 Types of Volumetric Analysis
1.3 Requirement For Successful Volumetric Titration
1.4 Standard Solutions
1.5 Volumetric Calculations
1.6 Titration curves in Titrimetric Methods
1.5 4.5
2. Basic Calculations, Errors and statistical data Treatment methods 1.5 4.5
![Page 86: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
3. Aqueous Solution and Chemical Equilibria
3.1 Calculation of Equilibrium Constant
3.2 Le Châtelier’s Principal
3.3 Solubility Product
3.4 Common ion effect
3.5 Calculation of Reactants and Products Concentrations at
equilibrium.
1.5 4.5
4. Principle and Application of Neutralization Titration
4.1 pH calculation
4.2 buffers
4.3 Endpoint determination
4.4 Titration curves
4.5 Applications
1.5 4.5
5. Precipitation Titrimetry
5.1 Ksp and Solubility Calculations
5.2 Titration curves
5.3 Argentometric Titrations
5.4 Endpoint determination
5.5 Indicators for a certain titration
5.6 Applications
1.5 4.5
6. Complex Formation Titration
6.1 Complexes
6.2 Types of Ligands
6.3 EDTA titrations
6.4 Titration curves
6.5 Endpoint determination
6.6 Applications
1.5 4.5
![Page 87: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
7. Application of Oxidation/Reduction Titration
7.1 redox reactions
7.2 titration curves
7.3 endpoint determination
7.4 applications
1.5 4.5
8. Principles of Gravimetric Analysis
8.1 Classifications of Gravimetric methods
8.2 Properties of precipitates and precipitating reagents
8.3 Particle size and filterability of precipitates
8.4 Mechanism of Precipitate Formation
8.5 5Impurities in Precipitates
8.6 Drying and Ignition of Precipitates
8.7 Types of Precipitating Agents
2 6
9. Application of Gravimetric Methods 1 3
10. Calculations in Gravimetric Analysis 1.5 4.5
Total 15 45
Topics to be Covered in Laboratory
31. Introduction to analytical chemistry and Safety and security
32. Preparation of solutions(Molarity, ppm, (V/W)%) and making dilutions
33. Standardization and Calibration
34. Acid-base titration : Titration of a strong acid
35. Acid-base titration : Titration of a weak acid
36. Acid-base titration : Titration of a polyprotic acid
37. Redox Determination of Iron
38. Buffer Preparation
39. Precipitation titration
40. Complexometric Ca Determination
41. Gravimetric Sulfate Determination
42. Determination of Calcium by Gravimetric Analysis
![Page 88: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 45 - 45 90 90 180
Credit 3 - 1 - 4 7.2
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Recognize the classical analytical techniques
including volumetric and gravimetric in the
analysis of particular sample
lecture, Discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam and exam lab
1.2 Describe the calculation, errors and statistical
data Treatment methods in analytical chemistry
lecture, Discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam and exam lab
2.0 Cognitive Skills
By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Calculate different problems to estimate the
analyte concentration using volumetric and
gravimetric analysis
Lectures
Discussion
Brainstorming
Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam
2.2 Analyze chemical data related to volumetric
and gravimetric analysis
Lectures
Discussion
Brainstorming
Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam and exam lab
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
None
![Page 89: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Collaborate effectively with other people in a
team.
lab demonstrations
small group work
lab reports
3.2 Select appropriate traditional techniques for
chemical analysis
Lectures
Discussion
Brainstorming
Major 1 & 2, final exam
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Interpret data derived from laboratory
observations and measurements in terms of
their significance and the theory underlying
them.
lab demonstrations
small group work
Lab reports
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Perform analysis in the lab using different tools
and different technique
lab demonstrations
small group work
Lab reports
Lab exams
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment 1 Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group
report)
Regularly 5%
2 Major I exams (10% lecture + 5% Theoretical lab
exam)
6 15% (10% Lect + 5%
Lab) 3 Practical Lab 1 exam 7 10%
4 Major II exams 12 15%
5 Final lab exam 15 10%
6 Final exam As scheduled on
the banner
45%
7 Total 100%
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program
LO #s across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 2.1 2.5 3.2 3.3 4.3 5.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
3.2 √
4.1 √
5.1 √
![Page 90: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
c. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
d. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career advice, and
general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
- Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Jan 1, 2013 9th Edition by Douglas A. Skoog
and Donald M. West , F. James Holler (Author), Stanley R. Crouch (Author), ISBN-
10: 0495558281 | ISBN-13: 9780495558286
- Analytical Chemistry: An Introduction, 8th ed. by D.A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler
and S.R. Crouch (2007). ISBN 0-03-020293-0.
- Analytical Chemistry, 7th Edition by Gary D. Christian, Purnendu K. Dasgupta, Kevin A.
Schug, 2013- 2014, ISBN : 978-1-118-80516-9
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
1. http://ull.chemistry.uakron.edu/analytical/
2. http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm
3. http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/stathome.html
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
1. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 7th edition, D. Harris, Freeman, 2007.
2. The Essential Guide to Analytical Chemistry, 2nd edition by Georg Schwedt. Wiley
publisher, 1997. ISBN-10: 0471974129, ISBN-13: 978-0471974123.
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
http://www.odu.edu/sci/xu/chem321/chem321.htm
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or
regulations and software.
1- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
2- Materials available on the lecture's home page.
3- Handout of analytical chemistry.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
![Page 91: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
3- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).
4- Data show, computer and internet.
5- Chemical laboratory with at least 25 places.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Data show
• Smart Board
• Blackboard
• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1..Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
c. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process used during the course.
d. Confidential completion of course evaluation survey.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
d. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
e. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.
f. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching
1. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
2. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
3. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and
remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring
forms approved by the QU & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved
in the departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course
(course report).
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the
proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef
![Page 92: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 93: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Method of Spectroscopic Analysis - CHEM 294
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 94: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date:18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Method of Spectroscopic Analysis - CHEM 294
2. Credit hours: 2 hours (2Lec.)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr.Wafaa Mohamed Yousef
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level four / 2nd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis / CHEM 293
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A
8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus (Boys’ branch)
Main campus (girls’ branch), building 14 C
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power
point representation.
100 √
![Page 95: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
On the completion of the course, graduates will be thought:
the General concepts of different instruments used in chemical analysis, that enable them to:
- Provide a valuable theoretical introduction and an overview of modern topics in chemical spectroscopy
- Differentiate between the different types of analytical methods
- Choose the appropriate technique for the specific application
- Develop critical thinking for interpreting analytical data.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in the
course
- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course material.
- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with the current spectroscopic analysis techniques
used in various analytical applications through learning their operation, design, problem, and linking the
outcome of these instruments with meaningful information.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1. Introduction to Instrumental Analysis
1.1 classification of Analytical Methods
1.2Types of Instrumental Methods
1.3 Instruments for Analysis
1.4 Selecting an analytical Method
1.5 Calibration of Instrumental Method
2 4
![Page 96: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
2. An Introduction to spectrometric methods
2.1General properties of electromagnetic radiation
2.2 general designs of optical instruments
2.3 Sources of Radiation
2.4 Wavelength Selectors
2.5 Sample Containers
2.6 Radiation Transducers
2 4
3. Atomic absorption and atomic fluorescence Spectrometry
3.1 Sample Atomization Techniques
3.2 Atomic Absorption Instrumentation
3.3 Interferences in atomic absorption
3.4 Atomic Absorption analytical techniques
3.5 Atoimc fluorescence spectroscopy
2 4
4. An introduction to UV/Visible molecular absorption spectrometry
4.1 introduction to UV/Visible molecular absorption
4.2 Application of UV/Visible molecular absorption
4.3 Molecular Luminescence spectrometry
2 4
5. An introduction to infrared spectrometry
5.1 Theory of IR
5.2 IR sources and Transducers
5.3 IR instruments
5.4 Application of IR
2 4
6. NMR Spectroscopy (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy)
6.1 Theory of NMR
6.2 NMR spectrometers
6.3 Application of NMR
6.4Types of NMR
2 4
7. Molecular mass spectrometry
7.1 An Introduction to mass spectrometry
7.2 Instrumentation mass spectrometry
7.3 Applications of mass spectrometry
1.5 3
![Page 97: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
8. Molecular Spectroscopy: photoacoustic spectroscopy
8.1 An Introduction to photoacoustic spectroscopy
8.2 Instrumentation photoacoustic spectroscopy
8.3 Applications of photoacoustic spectroscopy
1.5 3
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the basic and general concepts of
different spectroscopic analysis and
instruments used for analysis.
Lecture, discussion
Majors 1 & 2, Quiz and
final exam
0 Hours
![Page 98: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Differentiate between different spectroscopic
methods used for analysis
Lecture, Discussion,
Brainstorming
Majors 1 & 2, Quiz and
final exam
2.2 Calculate different problems belong to
spectroscopic analysis
Lecture, Discussion,
Brainstorming
Majors 1 & 2 and final
exam
2.3 Analyze different situations and problems
relevant to spectroscopic analysis
lecture , Discussion,
Brainstorming
Majors 1 & 2 and final
exam
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Select appropriate instrumental techniques for
chemical analysis
lecture , Discussion,
Brainstorming
Majors 1 & 2, Quiz and
final exam
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Research on different topics in many websites
of spectroscopic analysis
Research activity
Individual and group
Presentation evaluations
research assessment
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 2.5 2.3 3.1 3.3 4.1
1.1 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
2.3 √
3.1 √ √
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%
2
Major exams I 7 th week 20%
3 Major exams II 12th week 20%
4 Final exam
15th week
scheduled by
the registrar
50%
Total ---- 100%
![Page 99: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
5
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
- Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
- Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
- Principles of Instrumental Analysis 6th edition, 2007 by Douglas A. Skoog and F. James Holler,
ISBN-13: 978-0495012016 ISBN-10: 0495012017
- Analytical Chemistry: An Introduction, 8th ed. by D.A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler and
- S.R. Crouch (2007). ISBN 0-03-020293-0.
- Douglas A. Skoog , F. James Holler, Stanley R. Crouch, 2006, Principles of Instrumental
- Analysis, 6th edition, Brooks Cole. ISBN-10: 0495012017, ISBN-13: 978-0495012016.
- Vogel’s : Text book of quantitative chemical analysis, 5th Ed.(1989) , John Wiley and Sons,
- Lnc, New York, USA.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
- Journal: UPRM-Databases; http://www.uprm.edu/library/cre/listdbsp.php?l=1&st=15&sh=15 - Journal of Instrumental Analysis
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by Francis and Annick Rouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032
- Skoog, D.A.; Holler, F. J.; Nieman, T.A. Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6th Ed. Harcourt Brace: Philadelphia, 2007.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://faculty.uml.edu/David_Ryan/84.314
http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm0T
0Thttp://www.uvm.edu/~jgoldber/courses/chem221/links.html0T -
http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm
http://userwww.service.emory.edu/~kmurray/mslist.html
http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm
http://www.odyseus.nildram.co.uk/RFIC_Theory_Files/Noise_Tutorial.pdf
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
4- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
![Page 100: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
5- Materials available on the lecture's home page
6- Instrumental analysis software,( CD of the text book)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector).
- Computer and internet connection
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
- Smart board
- Blackboard
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
No other sources
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching process
that used for course.
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
- Peer consultation on teaching
- Departmental council discussions
- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
9. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
10. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
11. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
![Page 101: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
-Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course
report)
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to
be taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
Changes.
- Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest
Improved
Name of Course Instructor: _________________________________________________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 102: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Nano-Chemistry - CHEM 310
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 103: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 22/11/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Nano-Chemistry (CHEM 310)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: BSc Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. A.H. Abu-Nawwas
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): General Chemistry II (CHEM 102)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 104: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, students will be:
Taught the various types of dispersion systems, properties and preparations of colloidal systems, the
factors affecting the stability of colloids, the surfactant aggregation and emulsions.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
a. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
b. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course is offered to students who are interested in solid chemistry and
nanomaterials. It will introduce students to the synthesis, applications, characterization, properties,
fabrication methods (top down & bottom up), functionalization and use of solid materials and
nanomaterials such as nanoparticles and nano-porous materials.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction to Nanochemistry. 2 4
Size effect in Nanochemistry. 2 4
Synthesis and stabilization of nanoparticles 3 6
Self-Assembly of Nanostructures 2 4
Carbon based Nanostructures 2 2
Inverse Systems: Nanoporous Solids 2 4
Characterization techniques of nanoparticles 2 4
![Page 105: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Define the nano-scale materials and list their
principle characteristics
- Lectures
- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 State different methods for Synthesis and/or
stabilization of nano-scale materials.
- Lectures
- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
1.3 Outline the properties and/or applications of
nanoparticles
- Lectures
- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Write five points of difference between
nanomaterials and bulk materials
- Lectures
- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
2.2 Explain the forces which are responsible for
self-assembly
- Lectures
- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
2.3 Compare the principles of the characterization
techniques and justify the use of each one.
- Lectures
- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Show the ability to work in-group. Group work
Homework, quizzes and
group reports
0
![Page 106: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in
different websites of nanochemistry Research activity Group reports
5.0
Psychomotor
NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 1.7 2.1 2.3 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Class activities (homework, quizzes, group reports) Each chapter 10%
2 Major I exam. Around 6th -
7th
20%
3 Major II exam. Around 11th
-12th week
20%
4 Final exam. As scheduled
on the banner
50%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and
career advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
![Page 107: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
1. List Required Textbooks:
G.B. Sergeev, K.J. Klabunde, Nanochemistry, Elsevier, 2013, ISBN: 978-0-444-59397-9
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
a. International Journal of Nanomaterials and Chemistry (IJNC)
b. Journal of Nanomaterials (JNM)
c. Nanochemistry - American Chemical Society
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
a. Robert Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley , Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology,
Wiley | 2005-04-29 | ISBN: 0470850868
b. C Brechignac, P Houdy, M Lahmani, Nanomaterials and Nanochemistry, 2011, Wiley,
ISBN: 0444593977
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://www.zyvex.com/nanotech/feynman.html .
http://itri.loyola.edu/nano/IWGN.Public.Brochure .
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
a. Data show.
b. Smart Board.
c. Computer and internet connection.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
NA
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
![Page 108: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
a. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
b. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching strategies.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
a. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field.
b. Peer consultation on teaching.
c. Discussions within the group of faculty members teaching the same course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of the course evaluation.
b. Workshop given by experts on modern teaching methodologies.
c. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be
approved by the departmental and higher councils.
b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. A. H. Abu-Nawwas
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___05/12/2016_____
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 109: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Biochemistry CHEM 312
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 110: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date of Report: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Biochemistry, CHEM 312
2. Credit hours: 2 hrs
Contact hours: 2 hrs lecture
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered (If general elective available in many programs indicate
this rather than list programs):
B.Sc. Chemistry program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male branch: Dr. Abdel-Monem Abdalla
Female branch: Dr. Safaa Abd ElWahab
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Organic Chemistry II (CHEM 274)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Not applicable
9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. e-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
Traditional classroom instruction includes power point presentation, explanation on smart
board/white board and class room discussion.
100%
![Page 111: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
B Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
This is a fundamental course in biochemistry. At the end of this course, the students will be
• Taught the scientific basis of life processes with major emphasis on biomolecules
such as carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids.
• Taught the properties of water (medium of life) and the regulation of pH of
biological fluids by buffers.
• Taught the nomenclature, structure and forces that maintain the structure of major
biomolecules.
• Given the functional groups in biomolecules and their characteristic chemical
reactions.
• Familiarized with the biological functions of major biomolecules.
• Taught the principles of enzymes, metabolism of biomolecules (especially,
metabolism of carbohydrates) and bioenergetics.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in
the field).
• Update of teaching material with reference to the latest edition of the reference book
and latest research progress in the field (without modifying the course description).
• Availability of course material in the faculty website that could be easily accessed
by the students.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or handbook )
Course Description:
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
![Page 112: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
1. Introduction to biochemistry
1.1. The chemical elements of life
1.2. Many macromolecules are polymers
1.3. The energetics of life
1.4. Water is an excellent solvent
1.5. Noncovalent interactions
1.6. pH of biological fluids
1.7. Buffered solutions resist changes in pH
3 6
2. Amino acids and proteins
2.1. General structures of amino acids
2.2. Structure of 20 common amino acids
2.3. Ionization of amino acids
2.4. Peptide bonds link amino acids in proteins
2.5. Four levels of protein structure
2.6. Protein-protein interactions
2.7. Biological functions of proteins
2 4
3. Enzymes
3.1. Six classes of enzymes
3.2. Kinetic experiments reveal enzyme properties
3.3. Reversible enzyme inhibition
3.4. Irreversible enzyme inhibition
3.5. Regulation of enzyme activity
3.6. Multi enzyme complexes and multifunctional enzymes
2 4
4. Carbohydrates
4.1. Monosaccharides
4.2. Derivatives of monosaccharides
4.3. Disaccharides and glycosides
4.4. Polysaccharides
4.5. Glycoconjugates
2 4
![Page 113: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
5. Nucleic acids
5.1. Nucleotides are the building blocks of nucleic acids
5.2. DNA is double stranded
5.3. Cells contain several kinds of RNA
5.4. DNA replication
5.5. Transcription and RNA processing
5.6. Protein synthesis
2 4
6. Lipids
6.1. Structural and functional diversity of lipids
6.2. Fatty acids
6.3. Triacylglycerols
6.4. Glycerophospholipids
6.5. Sphingolipids
6.6. Steroids
6.7. Other biologically important lipids
2 4
7. Metabolism
7.1. Metabolism is network of reactions
7.2. Metabolic pathways
7.3. Glycolysis
7.4. Fate of pyruvate produced in glycolysis
7.5. The citric acid cycle
7.6. Energy production in the citric acid cycle
2 4
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
![Page 114: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.
*Minimum learning hours that must be spent by the student to study course materials.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods
and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recall the nomenclature and structure of
biomolecules (carbohydrates, proteins, lipids
and nucleic acids).
Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major
II and Final ) + Quizzes
1.2 Define the role of water and biological buffers
in living organism.
Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major
II and Final ) + Quizzes
1.3 Describe various biochemical reactions
(Metabolism of some biomolecule) and
biocatalysis (by enzymes).
Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major
II and Final ) + Quizzes
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Summarize the major classes of biomolecules,
their sub-divisions and localization.
Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major
II and Final ) + Quizzes
2.2 Differentiate various biomolecules based on the
functional groups and chemical
bonds/interactions present in biomolecules.
Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major
II and Final ) + Quizzes
2.3 Calculate the energy production (in the form of
ATP) during carbohydrate metabolism.
Lecture and group
discussion
Exams ( Major I, Major
II and Final ) + Quizzes 3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving
and time-management skills.
Group discussion and
brainstorming.
Homework +
Group report
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Use websites for collecting information about
biomolecules
Research activity Group report
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Not applicable
2 hrs*
![Page 115: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of
Total Assessment
1 Homework and Quizzes Weekly 10%
2 Major 1 examination 6th week 20%
3 Major 2 examination 12th week 20%
4 Final examination 16th week 50%
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program
LO #s across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 2.1 2.3 2.7 3.1 4.1 4.2 1.1-
√
1.2- √ 1.3-
√
2.1. √ 2.2
√
2.3 √ 3.1. √ 4.1.. √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of
Total
Assessment
1 Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework) weekly 10%
2
Major exams I Within the sixth week
20%
3
Major exams II Within the Tenth week
20%
5
Final exam As scheduled by the registrar
50%
Total - 100%
![Page 116: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
• Faculty member is available in his/her office for individual student consultation and
academic advice. Detailed office hours (about 20 hrs/week) will be given to students
in the first class of the lecture. The same information is also displayed outside the
office.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
Principles of Biochemistry by Laurence Moran, Robert Horton, Gray Scrimgeour, Marc Perry
and David Rawn. Publisher: Pearson Education, Fifth edition, 2013. ISBN-10: 1292021748,
ISBN-13: 978-1292021744.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
Harpter’s Illustrated Biochemistry by Robert Murray, Victor Rodwell, David Bender, Kathleen
M. Botham, P. Anthony Weil, Peter J. Kennelly. 28th edition, 2009. Published by: Mc Graw Hill
Publication. ISBN: 0-07-146197-3.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
Biochemistry by Reginald H. Garrett, Charles M. Grisham. Publisher: Cengage Learning, Fifth
edition, 2012. ISBN-10: 1133106293, ISBN-13: 978-1133106296.
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://www.biochem4schools.org/
http://www.biochemistry.org/Education/Schoolresources/Biochemistrybooklets.aspx
http://www.csun.edu/~hcchm001/biosites.htm
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and
software.
Not applicable
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)
• Classroom with at least 25 seats
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)
![Page 117: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
• Laptop computer
• Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach
list)
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
• Filling of the evaluation form.
• Discussion with the students about the difficulties.
• Success percentage at the end of the course.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
• Peer consultation on teaching.
• Discussion with in the group of faculty members teaching the course.
• Evaluation by the head of the Department / Committee of Quality and Development.
![Page 118: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
• Self evaluation and feedback report will be adopted to improve the quality of the
teaching.
• Following the instructions given by Quality and Development Deanship of the
university.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample
of assignments with staff at another institution)
• Review of students’ answer paper (final exam) by a member of Quality and
Development Committee.
• Occasional correction of student’s answer paper (final exam) by a faculty member
other than the instructor.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• Periodical revision of course material with respect to the latest edition of the
reference book, comments from the instructor and students to make appropriate
changes and updates.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Abdel-Monem Abdalla
Signature: Report Completion Date: 05/11/2016
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received:
![Page 119: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Green Chemistry – CHEM 314
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 120: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 14/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Green Chemistry – CHEM.314
2. Credit hours: 2hours 3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3th year (Elective course)
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):
Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point representation and add to blackboard.
B. Objectives
![Page 121: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be:
• Taught the basic concepts of Green chemistry effectively.
• Given the twelve principle of Green Chemistry.
• Given the Sustainability and its commandments.
• Taught the difference between Green reaction and non green one.
• Taught how Participate in the development and implementation of environmental policies,
strategies and planning.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the
students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.
• Using an educational videos
• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of Green chemistry that modify or totally
redesign chemical products and processes with the objective of minimizing wastes and the use or generation
of particularly dangerous materials, study the difference between the environmental and green chemistry and
the 12 principles of green chemistry and its applications. Learn how we can design Safer Chemicals and
reactions. To develop the students' understanding of the twelve principles of Green Chemistry and its
applications.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Meaning of Green Chemistry 1 2
Difference between Green and environmental Chemistry 1 2
The twelve Principles of green Chemistry 4 8
Sustainability and its commandments 2 4
Safety in designing and carrying out chemical reactions 3 6
Designing Chemistry according to the twelve principles 4 8
Total 15 30
![Page 122: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Define the basics of Green Chemistry and the
Twelve principles of Green Chemistry
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Major I, Final Exam
1.2 Write the sustainability in view of concept of Green
Chemistry.
Brainstorming ,
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Major II, Final Exam
1.3 Identify the safety in designing and carrying out
chemical reactions according to the twelve
principles
Brainstorming
Lecture by using power
point presentation.
Major I, Final Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Differentiate between green methods and non- Brainstorming Major I, Major II, Final
![Page 123: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
green methods -Group discussion Exam
2.2 Designing Chemistry according to the twelve
principles
Brainstorming ,
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Choose the green method in chemical reaction Brain storming ,
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Major II, Final Exam,
Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Researching on internet on green chemistry research activities
by individual or group
presentations
Group report
4.2 Calculating the percentages of the atom
economy and theoretical product in chemical
reaction
Lecture by using power
point presentation Theoretical Exam
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 N.A N.A N.A
5.2
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.4 3.3 4.1 4.3
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
4.2 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class ( in class quizzes, homework, group report , small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)
Each
chapter
10%
2
Major exams I Around 6th
-7th
20%
![Page 124: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
3 Major exams II Around 11th
-12th week
20%
4 Final exam As
scheduled
on the
banner
50%
5 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
S. E. Manahan, Green Chemistry, and the Ten Commandments of Sustainability, 3rd
edn, Columbia, ChemChar Research, 2011, ISBN: 978-0-615-43383-7.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Green Chemistry: An Introductory Text, by M. Lancaster, 2002, The Royal Society of Chemistry,
Cambridge, UK, ISBN 0-85404-620-8
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice by Paul T. Anstas, John C. Warner, 2000, Oxford University Press,
USA. ISBN-10: 0198506988, ISBN-13: 978-0198506980
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
• www.chem.monash.edu.au › ... › Resources
• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/
• http://greenchem.uoregon.edu/ • http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=green+chemistry&aq=f • http://vodpod.com/watch/1935918-green-chemistry
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page and blackboard
![Page 125: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.
• Computer and internet connection.
• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Data show, Smart Board, software
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
12. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
13. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
14. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
15. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
![Page 126: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported
to the course instructor officially through the department
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes
Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________
Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _14/12/2016_
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 127: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Biochemistry II - CHEM 318
T6. Course Specification
![Page 128: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18.12.2016
College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Biochemistry II / CHEM 318
2. Credit hours: 2 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
B.Sc. Chemistry program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr. Saravanan Rajendrasozhan
Female Branch: Dr. Safaa A. Abd Elwahab
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th level / Fourth year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Biochemistry (CHEM 312)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Not applicable
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: In addition to the power point presentation, the content of the course will also explained using
smart board or white board.
B. Objectives
100% √
![Page 129: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, the students will be
1) Taught the general concept of lipid metabolism as well as the structure and functions of biological
membranes.
2) Given the general properties and functions of vitamins and hormones.
3) Taught the characteristic features of enzymes and mechanism of enzyme action.
4) Given the rate of enzyme-catalyzed reaction and enzyme kinetics.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
9- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture / course
material.
10- The course materials will be uploaded in the website (BlackBoard) in the beginning of each semester
that could be accessed only by the students enrolled in this course.
11- Up-dating the course content with reference to the latest edition of the reference book and latest
research progress in the field (without modifying the course description).
12- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
The goal of this course is to understand the following topics: The biosynthesis of lipids and steroids,
structure and function of biological membranes, vitamins and their classification, hormones and mechanism
of hormones actions, enzyme structures and functions, enzymes kinetics and mechanisms of enzymatic
catalysis, and coenzymes dependent enzymes mechanisms.
1. Topics to be Covered:
![Page 130: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1) Introduction
1 2
2) Lipids: Structures and metabolism
2.1. Structures and chemistry of fatty acids
2.2. β- oxidation of lipids
2.3. Fatty acids synthesis
2.4. Cholesterol synthesis
2.5. Eicosanoids synthesis and their functions.
2.6. Transport of lipids throughout the body
2
4
3) Structure and function of biological membranes.
3.1. Chemical and physical properties of membrane
3.2. Structure and chemistry of membrane proteins
3.3. Asymmetric and heterogeneous structure biological membranes
3.4. Dynamic processes that modulate membrane function
3.5. Transport of substances across the plasma membrane
3
6
4) Vitamins and their classification
4.1. Classification of vitamins
4.2. Characteristics of vitamins
4.3. Lipid-soluble vitamins
4.4. Water soluble vitamins
4.5. Vitamins and coenzymes
4.6. Types of cofactors
3
6
5) Hormones structure and function
5.1. The chemical nature of hormones
5.2. Hormone Analogs: Agonists and Antagonists
5.3. Exocrine, endocrine, paracrine and autocrine secretion
5.4. Direct modification of protein by signaling molecules
3
6
5.5 Hormone receptors
5.6. Recognition and interaction of hormones by receptors
![Page 131: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
6) Enzymes and mechanism of Enzyme Action
6.1.Characteristic Features Define Enzymes
6.2.Rate of an Enzyme-Catalyzed Reaction
6.3. Kinetics of Enzyme-Catalyzed Reaction
6.4.Coenzymes and enzymes mechanism
6.5. Mechanism of Enzyme Action
3
6
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
*Minimum learning hours that must be spent by the student to study course materials.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code NQF Learning Domains Course Teaching Course Assessment
2 hours*
![Page 132: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
# And Course Learning Outcomes Strategies Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Describe the structure as well as synthesis of
fatty acids, fatty acid oxidation and the
synthesis of cholesterol.
• Lectures using
conventional and data
show presentations.
• Theoretical Exams
• Homework
• Quizzes
1.2 Recognize the structures and properties of
biomolecules that constitute the biological
membrane and relate the structures to
functions.
• Lectures using
conventional and data
show presentations.
• Theoretical Exams
• Homework
• Quizzes
1.3 Describe the structures of vitamins and
hormones.
• Lectures using
conventional and data
show presentations.
• Theoretical Exams
• Homework
• Quizzes
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Appraise the role of enzymes in life. • Lectures using
conventional and data
show presentations.
• Theoretical Exams
• Homework
• Quizzes
2.2 Explain principles of vitamins and hormones
and their roles in the cell functions.
• Lectures using
conventional and data
show presentations.
• Theoretical Exams
• Homework
• Quizzes
2.3 Calculate the different parameters belongs the
elementary enzyme kinetics (such as Km,
Vmax) and inhibitors.
• Lectures using
conventional and data
show presentations.
• Theoretical Exams
• Homework
• Quizzes
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Analyze the properties of enzymes under
various physiological conditions.
• Group discussion
• Brainstorming.
• Exams (oral and
written)
• Quizzes
• Participation in
discussion
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate in with the instructor both orally
and in writing.
• Lecture
• Group discussion
• Theoretical Exams
• Participation in
discussion
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Not applicable
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top).
![Page 133: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 2.7 3.1 4.2
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
2.3 √
3.1 √
3.2 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Class activates ( in-class quizzes, homework, group report) Once in
two weeks 10%
2 Major examination 1 6 20%
3 Major examination 2 12 20%
4 Final examination After 15th
week 50%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
Each faculty member is available in his/her office at least 10 hours/week for students' consultation and
academic advice. Detailed office hour information will be given to students during the first lecture. The same
information is also displayed outside the faculty member’s office.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Principles of Biochemistry by Laurence Moran, Robert Horton, Gray Scrimgeour, Marc Perry and David
Rawn. Publisher: Pearson Education, Fifth edition, 2013. ISBN-10: 1292021748, ISBN-13: 978-
1292021744.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Journal of Biochemistry
![Page 134: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Lippincott's Illustrated Reviews: Biochemistry by Pamela C. Champe, Richard A. Harvey and Denise R.
Ferrier. 4th edition (2009). Lippincott Williams. ISBN 0781769604.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
Web sites of biochemical society, http://www.biochemistry.org/Education.aspx
BlackBoard: https://uoh.blackboard.com/
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
None
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
6- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats)
7- Data show, computer and internet.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
2- Data show / Smart Board
3- ActivInspire software (for smart board)
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
1- Discussion with student about the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching methods used in the
course.
2- Confidential completion of course evaluation questionnaire by the students.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
1- Periodical evaluation by the head of the Department / Committee of Quality and Development.
2- Discussion with in the group of faculty members teaching the course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
1- The teaching methods will be improved in response to the course evaluation by the students.
![Page 135: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
2- Participating in workshops on modern teaching methodologies.
3- Following the instructions given by Deanship of Quality and Development in the University.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
1- Occasional remarking of students’ answer papers (final exam) by another faculty member in the
department.
2- Review of students’ answer paper (final exam) by a member of Quality and Development
Committee.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
1- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the Deanship of Quality and Development & the department.
2- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Saravanan Rajendrasozhan
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 136: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Industrial Chemistry - CHEM 319
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 137: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Industrial Chemistry (CHEM 319)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Emad A. Mowafy
Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th Level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): General chemistry II (CHEM 102)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
100%
![Page 138: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The main objectives of this course as a one of applied chemistry courses is to teach students:
1. The basic concepts of industrial chemical processes and equipment used for production of major
commercial products used in society.
2. The major factors affecting the choice of industrial chemical processes, such as cost / benefit /
impact on the environment and human health.
3. How to draw block-flow chart of industrial chemical processes.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
The contents of the course must be regularly updated due to modern applications in various industries
through websites and electronic libraries
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course is mainly related to applied science of chemistry. The students should
study the important factors affecting the industrial production of different chemicals.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter 1: Introduction to industrial Chemistry
1.1. Introduction: Overview of the industrial chemical processes and
primary raw materials
1.2. How to draw the block-flowchart of industrial Process and some
symbols of equipment
2 4
Chapter 2: Safety and environmental protection
2.1. Industrial safety and its environmental impact
2.2. International systems for environment protection
2 4
Chapter 3: Bulk Chemicals Industry
![Page 139: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
3.1. Industrial Acids: Production of Sulfuric, Nitric, hydrochloric,
phosphoric acids
3.2. Industrial basics: NaOH, Ammonia
3 6
Chapter 4: Special and Fine Chemicals production
4.1. Production of quick lime, and fertilizers
4.2. Production of fine chemicals such as aspirin
2 4
Chapter 5: Petroleum industry
5.1. Types of petroleum
5.2. Petroleum fractionation Process
2 4
Chapter 6: Fermentation industry
6.1. Importance of Fermentation
6.2. Fermentation process and equipment
2 4
Chapter 7: Soap and detergents
7.1. Soap production
7.2. Detergents production
2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
0
![Page 140: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge 1.1 List the main industrial sectors and chemical
processes involved
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 Describe the different industrial methods used
for production of chemicals
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
1.3 Outline the main chemical reactions involved
in industry and their environmental
consequences
Lectures, Group
discussions
Exams (Majors + Final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Compare between the different methods used
for industrial production
Lectures,
Brainstorming
Exams (Majors + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
NA
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
NA
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 Draw process block flowchart Small group work Exams, Quizzes and
Homework
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 1.6 2.1 5.1
![Page 141: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
5.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Home work, Quizzes in the class room Weekly 10%
2
Major 1 exam 7th Week 20%
3
Major 2 exam 12th Week 20%
4
Final exam
Scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total --- 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
2 hours / week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Introduction to Industrial Chemistry, by Howard L. White, John Wiley & Sons.1986.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
![Page 142: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet
connection
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the
instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods
- Attending teachers' meetings
- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
![Page 143: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Emad A. Mowafy
Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 144: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Electrochemistry - CHEM 366
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 145: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Electrochemistry - CHEM 366
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr. Mohamed Mostafa Kamel Taher
Female Branch: Dr.Nashwa Abdul Shafy
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100 %
![Page 146: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course, students will be:
a. Taught the general concepts of electrolytic solutions.
b. Given the pathway to differentiate between different types of electrochemical cells.
c. Taught principles of different types of electrodes.
d. Taught the general concepts of electrode polarization.
e. Given the general concepts and principles of corrosion of metals.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in
the field)
13- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
14- The course material will be posted on the website and could be accessed only by the students
enrolled in the course.
15- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
16- Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the general concepts of solution of electrolytes, electrochemical
cells, types of electrodes, polarization of electrodes and corrosion of metals
1. Topics to be Covered:
![Page 147: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1. Electrolytic solutions
1.1. Faraday’s laws of electrolysis
1.2. Molar conductivity
1.3. Weak electrolytes, Arrhenius theory
1.4. Strong electrolytes
1.5. Independent migration of ions
1.6. Transport number
1.7. Ion conductivities
1.8. Thermodynamic of ions
1.9. Theories of ions in solution
4 8
2. Electrochemical Cells
2.1 Types of electrochemical cells
2.2 Standered electrode potential
2.3 Thermodynamics of electrochemical cells
2.4 Applications of EMF measurements
2.5 Fuel cells
2.6 Photogalvanic cells
2.7 Batteries
2.8 Electrolytic cells
4 8
3. Type of electrodes
3.1 Metal/Metal ion electrodes
3.2 Gas electrodes
3.3 Reference electrodes
3.4 Redox electrode
2 4
4. Polarization of Electrodes
4.1 Basic concepts
4.2 Types of overpotential
4.3 Tafel equation
4.4 Polarization phenomenon at the anode and the cathode.
4.5 Applications
2.5 5
5. Corrosion of metals
5.1 Basic concepts
5.2 Types of corrosion
5.3 Measurements of the corrosion rate
5.4 Corrosion protection
2.5 5
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
Practical
Other
Total
![Page 148: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
or Studio (self- study) KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1
Recognize properties of electrolytic and non-
electrolytic solutions, types of electrochemical
cells, different types of electrodes.
Lecture, Discussion Quiz, Major I, Major II,
Final Exam
1.2 State the main idea about the electrode
polarization and the corrosion of metals. Lecture, Discussion
Quiz, Major I, Major II,
Final Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Calculate different terms belonging to
conductivity of electrolytic solutions. Lecture, Discussion
Quiz, Major I, Major II,
Final Exam
2.2 Explain principles of designing different
electrochemical cells (Galvanic, electrolytic
and concentration).
Lecture, small group
Discussion. Quiz, Major I, Major II,
Final Exam
2.3 Evaluate different parameters related to the
potential of different types of electrodes,
polarization and corrosion.
Brain storming,
Lecture, small group
Discussion.
Quiz, Major I, Major II,
Final Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Analyze different situations and problems
related to electrochemistry.
Discussion, Lecture,
Small group work. Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to
None
![Page 149: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in
different websites of electrochemistry. Research activity Group reports.
5.0
Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to
5.1 NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.2 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group
project, examination, speech, oral
presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Class activities (Quiz, Homework, group reports)
Each chapter 10%
2 Major I exam 6 20%
3 Major II exam 12 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled by
the Banner 50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career
advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
![Page 150: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
Physical Chemistry: Thomas Engel and Philip Reid, 3rd Edition, 2013, ISBN-13: 978-0-321-81719-8
/ ISBN-10: 0-321-81719-2
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
- Journal of Physical chemistry.
- Fundamentals of Electrochemistry, V. S. Bagotsky, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2006).
ISBN: 10 0-471-70058-4 , ISBN: 13 978-0-471-70058-6.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Physical chemistry: Julio de Paula Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010. ISBN:
0199543372.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/
6. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.
c. Handout.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
d. Data show.
e. Smart Board.
f. Computer and internet connection.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
NA
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Completion of course evaluation survey
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
a. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.
b. External reviewer.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
b. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
c. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
![Page 151: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD and the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Mohamed Mostafa Taher / Dr. Nashwa Saad Abd elshafy
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 152: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Practical Physical Chemistry 1 - CHEM 367
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 153: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Practical Physical Chemistry 1 - CHEM 367
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr. Moahmed Mostafa Taher / Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi
Female Branch: Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed / Mrs: Sahar mahmoud Saleh Adham
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 366
8. Location if not on main campus: None
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100 %
![Page 154: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, students will be:
a. Given the characteristics and properties of gases and how to monitor them.
b. Taught the heat transactions during chemical reactions and phase transitions.
c. Given Partial molar quantities and colligative properties.
d. Taught general concept of electrolytic solutions.
e. Taught the difference between various types of electrochemical cells.
f. Given general concepts of metal corrosion and corrosion protection.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
a. Computer aided and web based assignments.
b. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the
experimental course material.
c. Updating the Lab. with the instruments related to the course topics.
d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's experimental skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The first part (11 experiments) covers the general concepts of gas laws, heat transfer during chemical
and physico-chemical reactions, partial molar quantities, colligative properties, phase diagrams, and
viscosity measurements.
The second part (11 experiments) covers the general concept of electron transfer during chemical
reactions. It includes an overview on electrolytic solutions, electrochemical reactions, techniques used
in titration, corrosion, and electrolysis.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
01- Introduction to lab safety.
02- Calculations & Graphing in physical chemistry experiments 1 4
03- Electrolytes and non-electrolytes.
04- Determination of gas properties: Boyle’s Law. 1 4
05 Effect of dilution on conductivity.
06- Determination of gas properties: Guy Lussac’s Law. 1 4
07- Effect of temperature on the conductivity.
08- Determination of the enthalpy of combustion using a bomb calorimeter
– part I.
1 4
09- Conductometric titration – part I.
10- Determination of the enthalpy of combustion using a bomb calorimeter
– part II.
1 4
![Page 155: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
11- Conductometric titration – part II.
12- Solubility diagram of two partially miscible liquids 1 4
13- Midterm exam for Electrochemistry experiments.
14- Midterm exam for chemical thermodynamics experiments. 1 4
15- Construction of Galvanic cell.
16- Determination of the molecular weight of a polymer from intrinsic
viscosity measurements.
1 4
17- Potentiometric titration.
18- Melting diagram of a binary mixture. 1 4
19- Decomposition potential.
20- Partial molar volume. 1 4
21- Electroplating.
22- Freezing point depression. 1 4
23- Effect of temperature on the corrosion rate.
24- Boiling point diagram of a binary mixture – part I. 1 4
25- Corrosion inhibition.
26- Boiling point diagram of a binary mixture – part II. 1 4
27- Revision for Electrochemistry experiments.
28- Revision for chemical thermodynamics experiments. 1 4
29- Final exam for Electrochemistry experiments.
30- Final exam for chemical thermodynamics experiments. 1 4
Total
15 60
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours - - 60 30 60 90
Credit - - 2 - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
None
![Page 156: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 State the properties of the studied topics. Discussion, Lecture Quiz, lab reports, mid-term
exams, final exams
1.2 Recognize the main concepts of thermodynamic
chemistry and electrochemistry Discussion, Lecture
Quiz, lab reports, mid-term
exams, final exams
2.0 Cognitive Skills:
By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Explain principles and properties of the studied
topics. Brainstorming, Lecture
Quiz, lab reports, mid-term
exams, final exams
2.2 Calculate different thermodynamic and
electrochemical terms belonging to the studied
topics.
Brainstorming, Lecture. Quiz, lab reports, mid-term
exams, final exams
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility:
By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Demonstrate the ability to work in small group. Small group work. Lab reports
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical:
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different
websites of physical chemistry. Research activity. Group reports.
5.0 Psychomotor:
By the end of this course the students will be able to
5.1 Manipulate the glassware and all the techniques
correctly and safely. Lab demonstrations.
Mid-term exams, final
exams
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1 5.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.1
![Page 157: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Quiz, Lab reports and class activities Each Lab 25%
2
Mid exam (practical 20%+ sheet 5%) 7 25%
4 Final exam (practical 40%+ sheet 10%) 15 50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career
advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Carl W. Garland, Joseph W. Nibler, David P. Shoemaker, Experiments in physical Chemistry, 8th Edition,
ISBN: 978-0-07-282842-9.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Peter Atkins, Julio De Paula, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 978-0199697403.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Engel Reid, Physical Chemistry 2nd Edition, ISBN: 978-0-321-81719-8.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://www.colby.edu/chemistry/PChem/Lecture1SDS.html
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
Power point prepared by the course instructor.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Laboratory room with 10 seats, equipped with board.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
g. Data show.
![Page 158: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
h. Smart Board.
i. Computer and internet connection.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
Necessary laboratory equipment to perform all the experiments.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
a. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process used during the course.
b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
a. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
b. Peer consultation on teaching.
c. Departmental council discussions for course evaluation..
d. Discussions within teaching staff members.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
b. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be
approved by the departmental and higher councils.
b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi / Dr. Mohamed Mostafa taher
Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed / Mrs: Sahar mahmoud Saleh Adham
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 159: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Chemical Kinetics - CHEM 368
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 160: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Chemical Kinetics / CHEM 368
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi Female Branch: Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: None
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100 %
![Page 161: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be :
a. Taught the main concepts and principles of chemical kinetics and factors affecting the rate of a
chemical reaction.
b. Given rate laws of simple, elementary and composite processes.
c. Taught the principles and postulates of kinetic theory of gases.
d. Taught the Graham's law of effusion/diffusion.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
17- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course
material.
18- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in the
course only.
19- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
20- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the reaction rate and factors affecting the rate, simple
reactions, basic experimental methods of measuring reaction rate, kinetics of composite reactions,
Arrhenius equation, theories of reaction rates and Kinetic Theory of gases.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter I: Chemical kinetics I: The Basic Ideas
1.1. Rates of Consumption and Formation.
1.2. Rate of Reaction.
1.3. Empirical Rate Equations.
1.4. Analysis of Kinetic Results.
1.5. Molecular Kinetics.
1.6. The Arrhenius Equation.
1.7. Potential-Energy Surfaces.
1.8. The Pre-exponential Factor.
1.9. Reactions in Solution.
1.10. Reaction Dynamics.
5 10
![Page 162: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
Chapter 2: Chemical Kinetics II: Composite Mechanisms
2.1. Evidence for a Composite Mechanism.
2.2. Types of Composite Reactions.
2.3. Rate Equations for Composite Mechanisms.
2.4. Rate Constants, Rate Coefficients, and Equilibrium Constants.
2.5. Free-Radical Reactions.
2.6. Photochemical Reactions.
2.7. Catalysis.
5 6
Chapter 3: Experimental Methods of measuring reaction rates
3.1. Physical measurements.
3.1.1. Continuous measurements.
3.1.2. Initial rate measurements (Clock reactions).
3.2. Chemical measurements (Titration).
3.3. Techniques for Very Fast Reactions.
3 10
Chapter 4: The Kinetic-Molecular Theory of Ideal Gases
4.1. The pressure of a gas derived from kinetic theory.
4.2. Kinetic energy and Temperature.
4.3. Dalton’s law of partial pressure.
4.4. Graham’s law of Effusion.
4.5. Molecular collisions.
4.6. The Barometric Distribution Law.
4.7. The Maxwell Distribution of Molecular Speeds and Translational
Energies.
2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code NQF Learning Domains Course Teaching Course Assessment
None
![Page 163: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
# And Course Learning Outcomes Strategies Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1
Recognize principles and main ideas about
elementary chemical kinetics & composite
reactions
Lecture and discussion Major1, Major 2, Final
Exam
1.2 List experimental Methods used to measure
reaction rates, postulates and theories of kinetic
theory of gases
Lecture and discussion Final Exam
2.0 Cognitive Skills
By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Calculate different kinetic parameters related
to elementary and composite reactions
Brainstorming and
lecture
Major1, Major 2, Final
Exam
2.2 Explain principles and Theories of kinetic
theory of gases.
Brainstorming and
lecture Final Exam
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Demonstrate different situations and problems
related to the studied topics. Small group work Homework
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in
different websites of the studied topics. Research activity Group reports
5.0 Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to
5.1 NA NA NA
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
![Page 164: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activities (homework, group reports) Each chapter 10%
2
Major I exam. Around 6th -
7th week 20%
3 Major II exam. Around 11th -
12th week 20%
4 Final exam. As scheduled
on the banner 50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and
career advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Physical Chemistry: Laidler K., Meiser J. and Sanctuary B., Cengage Learning, 2003, ISBN-13:
978-0-618-12341-4 / ISBN-10: 0-618-12341-5
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
a. Journal of Physical chemistry.
b. International Journal of chemical kinetics
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Physical chemistry: Julio de Paula Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010. ISBN:
0199543372.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
a. http://chemed.chem.purdue.edu/genchem/topicreview/bp/ch22/rateframe.html
b. http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Materials available on the lecture's home page
c. Handout of chemical kinetics and Chemical kinetics software,( HMCO- MCH Multimedia INC
Physical chemistry)
![Page 165: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
j. Data show.
k. Smart Board.
l. Computer and internet connection.
m. Black board.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
a. Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process that used for course.
b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department
c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation
b. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
c. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor:
![Page 166: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi & Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 167: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Physical Chemistry of Polymers - CHEM 369
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 168: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Physical Chemistry of Polymers - CHEM 369
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 377
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage? 100
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
![Page 169: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, students will be:
f. Taught Polymer structure, chain configuration, and polymer molecular weights.
g. Given Thermodynamics of polymer solutions.
h. Taught Polymer materials and their processing.
i. Given different technologies of polymer processing.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
c. Computer aided and web based assignments.
d. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the lecture
course material.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand concepts related to molecular weight of polymers; polymer
thermodynamics; polymer transitions, polymer structure and property; and different technologies of
polymer processing.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction.
Chapter 1: Polymeric chain structure and transitional phenomena.
1.1. Polymer chains.
1.2. Crystallinity in polymers.
1.3. Thermal transitions in polymers.
1.4. Thermodynamics of rubber elasticity.
3 6
Chapter 2: Polymers in solutions.
2.1. Thermodynamics of polymer solutions.
2.2. Phase equilibria in poor solvents.
2.3. Solubility behavior of polymers.
2.4. Frictional properties of polymer molecules in dilute solutions.
3 6
![Page 170: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
Chapter 3: Polymer molecular weights.
3.1. Introduction.
3.2. Molecular weight averages.
3.3. Molecular weights in terms of moments.
3.4. Molecular weight determination.
3 6
Chapter 4: Polymer materials and their processing.
4.1. Polyethylene (low and high density).
4.2. Polypropylene.
4.3. Poly (vinyl chloride).
4.4. Poly (methyl methacrylate)
4.5. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
4.6. Polystyrene
4.7. Nylon
4.8. Polycarbonates
4.9. Poly (ethylene terephthalate)
3 6
Chapter 5: Polymer processing technology.
5.1. Injection molding.
5.2. Extrusion.
5.3. Blow molding.
5.4. Rotational molding
5.5. Thermoforming
3 6
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
![Page 171: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Define chain conformation of polymers,
crystallinity, thermal transitions, thermodynamics
of polymers in solution, interactions between
polymer molecules in dilute solutions, and average
molecular weight.
Lecture and discussion Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
1.2 Recall the most used polymer materials in industry
and their properties. Lecture and discussion Final Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Explain the effect of polymer structure on thermal
transitions, physical properties and interactions in
solution and the techniques used to measure
molecular weight of polymers and their limitations.
Lecture and discussion Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
2.2 Predict the adapted polymer processing technology
based on thermodynamic properties of polymers. Lecture and discussion Final Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Analyze different situations and problems Small group work Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different thermodynamic
topics in different websites of physical chemistry Research activity Group reports
5.0
Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to
5.1 NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
![Page 172: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activities (homework, group reports) Each chapter 10%
2
Major I exam 7 20%
3 Major II exam 10 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled on the banner
50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
c. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
d. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and
career advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
a. Manas Chanda, Introduction to Polymer Science and Chemistry, a Problem Solving Approach,
2nd Edition, ISBN: 978-1-4665-5384-2.
b. Muralisrinivasan N. Subramanian, Basics of Polymers - Fabrication and Processing
Technology, ISBN: 978-1-60650-582-3.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
S. F. Sun, Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules, Basic Principles and Issues, 2nd Edition, ISBN:
0-471-28138-7.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
L. H. Sperling, Introduction to Physical Polymer Science 4th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-471-70606-9.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and
software:
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Handout of each chapter.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
![Page 173: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
n. Data show.
o. Smart Board.
p. Computer and internet connection.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
c. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process used during the course.
d. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
e. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
f. Peer consultation on teaching.
g. Departmental council discussions.
h. Discussions within teaching staff members.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
c. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
d. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
c. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be
approved by the departmental and higher councils.
d. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 174: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Organic Reaction Mechanism – CHEM 371
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 175: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 14/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Organic Reaction Mechanism – CHEM 371
2. Credit hours: 2hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):
Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to
power point representation and add to blackboard.
B. Objectives
![Page 176: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be:
• Taught the substitution reaction at a saturated and unsaturated carbon .
• Taught the electrophilic and radical substitution reactions .
• Taught the addition reaction to carbon-carbon multiple bonds, addition reactions to carbon-
oxygen double bonds, elimination reactions, rearrangement & fragmentation reactions.
• Able to imagine the reaction mechanism of all types of organic reactions.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the
students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.
• Using an educational videos
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
Determination of reaction mechanisms via the physical and chemical properties of
organic compounds, and by studying nucleophilic substitution reactions, electrophilic
substitution reactions, elimination reactions, free radical reactions, addition reactions to
carbon-carbon multiple bonds, addition reactions to carbon-oxygen double bonds,
rearrangement and redox reactions.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter One: Introduction
Introduction to Reaction Mechanisms.
1 2
Chapter Two:
Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions Substitution at a saturated carbon and
Substitution at an unsaturated carbon
9-
2 4
Chapter Three:
Electrophilic Substitution Reactions
1- Aromatic substitution
Aliphatic substitution-2
2 4
![Page 177: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
Chapter Four:
Radical Substitution Reactions
2
4
Chapter Five:
Addition Reactions to Carbon-Carbon Multiple Bonds:
1- Cyclic addition
2- Electrophilic addition
3- Radical addition
4- Nucleophilic addition
5- Conjugate addition 1- Cyclic addition
2- Electrophilic addition
3- Radical addition
4- Nucleophilic addition
5- Conjugate addition
2
4
Chapter Six:
Addition Reactions to Carbon-Oxygen Double Bonds
2 4
Chapter Seven:
Elimination Reactions,
rearrangement & fragmentation reactions
2 4
Chapter Eight:
rearrangement & fragmentation reactions
2
4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
![Page 178: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Describe nucleophilic substitution reactions, at
saturated and unsaturated carbon
Lecture by using
power point
presentation and
discussion
Major I, Final Exam
1.2 Recognize addition reactions to carbon-oxygen
double bonds, elimination reactions,
rearrangement & fragmentation reactions.
Lecture by using
power point
presentation and
discussion
Major I, Final Exam
1.3 Outline the properties of electrophilic and
nucleophilic substitution reactions Lecture by using
power point
presentation and
discussion
Major I, Final Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain the basic concepts and principles of
organic reaction mechanism.
Lecture by using
power point
presentation and
discussion
Individual Or/ and group
presentations
Peer and self-evaluations
2.2 Establish the mechanisms of chemical
reactions as elimination , substitution,
addition, rearrangement and redox reactions.
Lecture by using
power point
presentation and
discussion
Theoretical Exam
2.3 Compare between different types of organic
reaction mechanism Lecture by using
power point
presentation and
discussion
Major II, Final Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Select appropriate mechanism for different
reaction and Show the ability to work in-group Small group work
Homework and group
reports
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on Organic Reaction research activities Group reports
![Page 179: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
Mechanism
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 N.A N.A N.A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √ √
2.3 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class ( in class quizzes, homework, small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)
Each
chapter
10%
2
Major exams I Around 6th
-7th
20%
3 Major exams II Around 11th
-12th week
20%
4 Final exam As
scheduled
on the
banner
50%
5 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students
![Page 180: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
M. Edenborough, Organic Reaction Mechanisms: A step by step approach, 2nd edn, Boca Raton, CRC Press, 1999, ISBN 0748406417.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.): • Mechanisms in Organic Reactions By Richard A. Jackson Publisher: Royal Society of
Chemistry Number of Pages: 199 Publication Date: 2000-08.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
March, Jerry (1985), Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure (3rd ed.), New
York: Wiley, ISBN 0-471-85472-7.
Chem. Rev. Journal
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
• www.organicwordwide.net
• http://www.chemistry.com
• http://www.orgsyn.org
• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/
• www.chemweb.com
http://www.newagepublishers.com/samplechapter/001122
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.
• Computer and internet connection.
• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Data show, Smart Board, software
![Page 181: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
16. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
17. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
18. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
19. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported
to the course instructor officially through the department
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes
![Page 182: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________
Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _14/12/2016_
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 183: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Organic Spectroscopy - CHEM376
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 184: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/ Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY/ CHEM376
2. Credit hours: 2 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 6th/3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Organic Chemistry II (Chem.274)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 185: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
• The main purpose of this course is to make students to understand the basic concepts of
spectroscopy.
• To use the spectroscopic data of organic compounds to determine their structure.
• To provide the knowledge of spectroscopy instruments.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• To better understand and implement the learning of this course, Laboratory / Practical course
should be added.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the electromagnetic spectrum: extensive study of the following
spectroscopic methods, UV and visible, IR spectroscopy, 1H- NMR and 13C-NMR spectroscopy, mass
spectroscopy and solving problems by applying various spectroscopic data.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter1: Introduction to Spectroscopy
1.1. What is spectroscopy
1.2. What is Electromagnetic Radiation (EMR)
1.3. Energy Absorption
1.4. Types of Spectroscopy
1 2
Chapter 2: Ultraviolet (UV) spectroscopy
2.1 Nature of Electronic Excitations
2.2 Principle of UV spectroscopy
2.3 Instrumentation
2.4 Types of Solvents
2.5 Chemical structure and UV Absorption
2.6 Steps in developing in UV spectrometric Analytical method
2.7 Effects on Absorption
2.8 Woodward Fieser Rules for Dienes
2.9 Woodward Rules for enones and dienones
2 4
![Page 186: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
Chapter 3: Infrared (IR) spectroscopy
1.1. Introduction
1.2. IR Absorption
1.3. IR Process
1.4. Modes of vibrations
1.5. Factors effecting vibration frequencies
1.6. Information from IR spectrum
1.7. Instrumentation (FTIR and Non FTIR)
1.8. Discussion of IR spectrum of different compounds
3 6
Chapter 4: Proton Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (1H NMR)
Spectroscopy
4.1. Introduction to NMR
4.2. Nuclear Spin
4.3. Magnetic field
4.4. Absorption of Energy
4.5. Mechanism of Absorption (Resonance)
4.6. Magnetic Shielding
4.7. NMR Signals
4.8. NMR Spectrometer
4.9. NMR Spectrum
4.10. Chemical Shift, location of signals
4.11. Magnetic Anisotropy
4.12. Chemical Equivalance and number of signals
4.13. Intensity of signals (Integration)
4.14. Spin-spin splitting (n + 1) rule
4.15. Range of magnetic coupling
4.16. Coupling and Coupling constant
4.17. Complex splitting
4.18. Coupling Tree
4.19. Stereo nonequivalence protons
4 8
Chapter 5: 13C Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
5.1 Introduction to 13C NMR
5.2 Spin-spin splitting
5.3 Proton spin decoupling
5.4 Off resonance decoupling
5.5 Interpreting 13C NMR
2 4
![Page 187: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
Chapter 6: Mass Spectroscopy (MS)
6.1 Introduction to Mass spectroscopy
6.2 Mass spectrometer
6.3 Sample inlet
6.4Ionization methods
6.5 Mass analyzer
6.6 Mass spectrum –Molecular ion peak, Base peak
6.7 Isotopic abundance
6.8 Fragmentation pattern –Retro Diels-Alder, McLafferty
rearrangement
6.9 Discussion of mass spectrum of different organic compounds
2 4
Chapter 7: Combined Problems
1 2
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
None
![Page 188: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Describe different spectroscopic techniques
like UV, IR, 13C NMR, 1H NMR, MS and their
spectra.
Lecture Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
1.2 Recognize the Beer’s Lambart Law,
Woodward Fieser rules for UV, shift in IR
spectrum, (n + 1) rule for NMR
Lecture Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
1.3 Define base peak and molecular ion peak in
MS
Lecture Examination (Quizzes +
Final
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Analyze the spectroscopic spectrum Lecture
Brainstorming
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
2.2 Measure the concentration or absorbance of a
solution using Beer’s Lambart Law
Lecture
Brainstorming
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + Final)
2.3 Predict the UV maxima of alkenes and
carbonyl compounds using Woodward Fieser
rules
Lecture
Brainstorming
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + Final)
2.4 Predict the structure of simple organic
molecules using UV, IR, NMR and MS
spectrum
Lecture
Brainstorming
Examination (Quizzes +
M1 + M2+ Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 None
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 None
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 None
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.3 3.3
1.1 ν
![Page 189: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
1.2 ν
1.3 ν
2.1 ν
2.2 ν
2.3 v
2.4 ν
3.1 ν
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Quizzes + Homework In the end of each
chapter
10%
2
Major 1 Exam Within the sixth
week
20%
3 Major 2 Exam Within the Tenth
week
20%
4 Final Exam As scheduled by the
registrar
50%
5 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
✓ Faculty is required to be available during their office hours.
✓ Student can also get academic advice with the faculty by appointment.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
✓ Introduction to spectroscopy; Donald L.Pavia Gary M. Lampman, George S. Kriz, and James
R. Vyvyan; 4th edition, 2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-495-11478-9
![Page 190: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
✓ Organic Spectroscopy, Yadav, Lal Dhar Singh, 2004, ISBN 978-1-4020-2574-7
✓ Organic Structural Spectroscopy, Lambert, Shurvell, Lightner and Cooks, 1998, ISBN-10:
0132586908, ISBN-13: 978-0132586900.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.
• Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.
• Materials available on the course teacher 's home page
• Materials available on the course teacher 's black board
• CD for the text book
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Computer and internet connection
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
data show, Smart Board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
N/A
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process that used for course.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
![Page 191: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
• Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies
• Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
• Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members
• The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
• Providing samples of all kind of assessment in the departmental course portfolio of each course.
• Assigning group of faculty members teaching the same course to grade same questions for various
students. Faculties from other institutions are invited to review the accuracy of the grading policy.
• Conducting standard exams such as the American Chemical Society exams or others.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani
Signature: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani Report Completion Date: 06/11/2016
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 192: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Polymer Chemistry – CHEM 377
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 193: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Polymer Chemistry – CHEM 377
2. Credit hours: 2 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Mansour El-Masry
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level/ 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):
CHEM 371 – Organic Reaction Mechanism (CHEM 371)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):
None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to
power point presentation
√ 100%
%%
![Page 194: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
• Recognize the characteristics and properties of a wide range of polymers.
• To provide students with an elementary understanding of the reaction mechanism involved in
polymer synthesis.
• To teach students basic aspects of the solution properties of polymers, interactions and
relationship to chemical structure and the measurement of molecular weight.
• To provide students with a basic knowledge of the thermal and mechanical properties of
polymers.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• Utilizing various internet resources that offer informative details to support the lecture course
material.
• Tutorial, reading assignments will be considered to enrich the scope of the course.
• Working on updating the objectives of the course and the scientific content as required.
• Giving tasks to enhance the students’ generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to provide an overview of the chemistry and physics of polymers. The structures
and mechanisms of most important polymers are discussed, including step and chain polymerization
reactions, as well as polymer modification chemistry. The physical properties and characterization
(molecular weight and mechanical properties) of polymers are covered.
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1. Historical Development
1.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions
1.3. Classification of Polymers
1.4. Polymer Nomenclature
2 4
![Page 195: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
Chapter 2 Polymerization Mechanisms
2.1. Introduction
2.2. Chain – Reaction Polymerization
• Free Radical Polymerization
• Ionic Polymerization
• Coordination Polymerization
2.3. Step – Growth Polymerization
2.4. Ring – Opening Polymerization
3 6
Chapter 3 Polymerization Techniques
3.1. Introduction
3.2. Bulk polymerization
3.3. Solution Polymerization
3.4. Emulsion Polymerization
2 4
Chapter4 Polymer Solubility and Solutions
4.1. Introduction
4.2. General Rules for Polymer Solubility
4.3. The Solubility Parameter
4.4. Properties of Dilute Solutions
4.5. Concentrated Solutions; plasticizers
2 4
Chapter 5 Polymer Molecular Weight
5.1. Introduction
5.2. Types of Molecular Weight
5.3. Molecular Weight Determination
2 4
Chapter 6 Transition in polymers
6.1. Introduction
6.2. Glass Transition Temperature
6.3. Factors Affecting Glass Transition Temperature
6.4. Measurement 0f Glass Transition Temperature
6.5. Crystalline Melting Point
2 4
Chapter 7 Mechanical Properties of Polymers
6.1. Introduction
6.2. Stress – Strain Behavior of Polymers
6.3. Factors Affecting Polymers Mechanical Properties
2 4
Total 15 30
![Page 196: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Define the principal concepts of polymers. Lecture Examination
(Quizzes + M1 +
M2+ Final)
1.2 Write the mechanism of polymerization Small group discussion
Lecture
Examination
(Quizzes + M1 +
M2+ Final)
1.3 Describe the physical properties of polymers. Debate
Lecture
Examination
(Quizzes + M1 +
M2+ Final)
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Identify the molecular structure of monomers
and polymers.
Debate
Small group discussion
Lecture
Examination
(Quizzes + M1 +
M2+ Final)
2.2 Differentiate between different types of
polymers.
Debate
Lecture
Examination
(Quizzes + M1 +
M2+ Final)
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
2hrs/week
![Page 197: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
3.1 Choose the suitable method for polymerization
of definite monomer.
Small group discussion Examination
(Quizzes + M1 +
M2+ Final)
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on polymer chemistry. Research activities Individual and group
presentations
Peer and self-
evaluations
4.2 Calculating degree of polymerization and
molecular weight using the given data.
Lecture Examination
(Quizzes + M1 +
M2+ Final)
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 2.1 3.3 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
4.2 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,
oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework, case studying and
small project)
weekly 10%
2
Major exams I Within the
seventh
week
20%
![Page 198: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
3
Major exams II Within the
eleventh
week
20%
4
Final exam As
scheduled
by the
register
50%
Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’ consultation and
academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Polymer Chemistry, Paul C. Hiemenz, Timothy P. Lodge , CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group 2nd Edition (2007)
ISBN-13: 978-1574447798 ISBN-10: 1574447793
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
• Billmeyer, F, Textbook of Polymer Science, 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NY
• Seymour/Carraher, Polymer Chemistry, Sixth Edition (2003), MARCEL DEKKER, INC.
• Manas Chanda, Introduction to Polymer Science and Chemistry, Second ed. (2013), CRC Press, Inc., Boca
Raton, FL
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
• Journal of polymer science.
• The Journal of Applied Polymer Science.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
• http://www.chemweb.com
• http://www.chemistry.com
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
![Page 199: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Classrooms ready and equipped with educational media (computer and retro projector).
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Data show and internet.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
Molecular models.
Chem Draw program
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Regular evaluation of the theoretical parts of the course to identify the weaknesses areas.
• Performance appraisal form filled up by each student to show level of fulfillment.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• A statistical regular review and analysis of the students’ achievement in the department.
• Prepare a questionnaire which should be filled by the students at the end of the term. The
questionnaire should be analyzed and carefully studied.
• Participating collaboratively in faculty improvement activities and contributing to collegial decision
making.
• At the end of each semester the course coordinator completes a report, including a summary of
student questionnaire responses appraising progress and identifying changes that need to be made if
necessary.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
• Provide training and workshop opportunities for the teaching staff to improve their teaching
strategies.
• Form committees to follow up progress and work on improvement.
• Provide opportunities to improve academic courses and research through conferences.
• Provide the teaching staff members with all the references and electronic resources.
• Updating through more reading books and articles related to the course.
• Improve relations between instructor and students.
![Page 200: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
• Check marking of the answer sheets of examination papers with other colleagues.
• Providing samples of all kind of assessment in the department course portfolio of each course.
• Collaboration with the teaching staff members in each student’seducational process, including
information about student achievement and performance.
• Check progress level of the students (this can be done by an independent teacher by reviewing
students’ records and compare the students’ work with another from a different institute).
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• Student’s feedback on the quality of the course.
• Consulting other faculty members or collaborators in overseas universities for their views on the
method of quality of improvement.
• Check other universities web sites to compare our lectures with them.
• Compare the syllabus with the syllabus of standard universities.
• Form a specialized committee from the department to review the progress of teaching and update the
resources.
• Consult distinguished students and discuss with them positive and negative points in Lectures.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken are
approved in the departmental and higher councils.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Mansour El-Masry
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 201: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Symmetry and Point Group Theory - CHEM 381
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 202: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 07/02/2017
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Symmetry and Point Group Theory (CHEM 381)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
BSc Chemistry Program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani El Moll & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Solid State Chemistry ( CHEM 387)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point presentation.
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 203: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course students will be able to:
1. Determine Significant Point Group Symmetry for molecules and molecular orbitals
2. Understand the different parts of a character table for a symmetry group: (a) Name of
symmetry group; (b) Classes of symmetry operators; (c) Names of irreducible symmetry
representations. (d) The irreducible characters
3. Execute some applications of group theory in interpretation of physical properties
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
21- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
22- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
23- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course is a description of; symmetry operators and symmetry elements, Point
groups, an introduction to character tables, infrared spectroscopy, chiral molecules and application of
group theory in formation and interpretation of molecular orbitals.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction and Review of Basic Bonding Principles
1 2
Symmetry
1) Symmetry elements
2) Symmetry operations and their matrix representations
2 4
Point Groups and Classification
2 4
![Page 204: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
Symmetry and physical properties
1) Polarity
2) Chirality
2 4
Basic definitions from group theory, group multiplication tables
1 2
Irreducible Representations, Character Tables
2 4
Vibrational Spectroscopy and Character Tables
1) Normal Modes of Vibrations
2) Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy
3) Selection Rules
2 4
Group Theory and Hybridization
1 2
Molecular Orbital Theory and Character Tables
1) MO Theory Background
2) Polyatomic Molecules
3) Transition-metal complexes
2 4
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
0
![Page 205: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Recognize point group to determine the
polarity and chirality of the molecules
- Lectures using board
- models
- class discussion
Exams (Majors + final)
1.2 Memorize how to use the character tables to
find vibrational modes and to construct
molecular orbital diagrams for simple
molecules.
Exams (Majors + final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Estimate symmetry elements in a molecule and
point groups of molecules.
- Lectures using board
- models
- class discussion
Exams (Majors + final)
2.2 Create linear combinations of orbitals to form
molecular orbitals
Exams (Majors + final)
2.3 Predict the hybridization of the molecule by
using character table
Exams (Majors + final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 NA
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Research some different topics of the course in
different websites in the field of molecular
symmetry
Research activity Homework, reports
quizzes
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA
![Page 206: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 2.3 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activates (quizzes, homework, group Research) Weekly 10%
2
Major exams I 7th 20%
3 Major exams II 12th 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
At least 6 hours/week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)
ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6
- Group Theory For Chemists, George Davidson, Palgrave Macmillan ISBN-10: 0333492978
![Page 207: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
- Materials available on blackboard
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
- Smart board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
- Chemistry models
- Computers and internet Lab.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process used for this course
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field
- Peer consultation on teaching
- Departmental council discussions
- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
![Page 208: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
20. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
21. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
22. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hani El Moll & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas ___________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___07/02/2017_____
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 209: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Coordination Chemistry - CHEM 385
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 210: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 30/11/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)
2. Credit hours: 3
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: BSc Chemistry Program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr.Hussein Mohamed El-sagher
Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd Year / Level 5
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemistry of Transition Metals (CHEM 287)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to
power point representation.
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 211: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The main purpose of this course will be:
1) To make students familiar with basic knowledge of chemistry that needed for higher level
courses.
2) To develop the students' understanding to the concepts and principles basic principles of
coordination chemistry
3) To develop the students' appreciation of chemistry as an experimental science supported by
theory as an interpretive and reductive tool.
4) To develop the awareness of students to the relevance of chemistry with other areas of
industrial importance, biological systems and environmental issues.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
1) Identify the strategy of the course in the beginning of the semester.
2) Utilize the electronic materials and computer based programs to support the lecture course
material.
3) Posting the course material to the Web CT that could be accessed by the students enrolled in the
course only.
4) For lab work, introducing new equipment to minimize using of the chemicals, removing the
experiments of too much chemical waste and introducing new experiments
5) Giving tasks to enhance the students' generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: The course introduces the basic principles of coordination chemistry involving the
following areas: introduction, theories of bonding in coordination compounds and magnetic and
spectroscopic properties of transition metal complexes.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction. 2 4
Nomenclature of coordination compounds 2 4
![Page 212: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
Structure and isomerism in coordination compounds 2 4
Theories of bonding in coordination compounds 2 4
Theories of bonding in coordination compounds (continued) 2 4
Magnetic and electronic spectra of coordination compounds 2 4
Thermodynamic aspects: ligand field stabilization energies (LFSE) 1 2
Complexation reactions 2 4
Total Lecture 15 30
2. Topics to be Covered in laboratory:
List of Topics
No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Experiment 1
Werner Coordination Compounds
Ionization Isomers: Pentaamminebromocobalt(III) Sulfate and
Pentaamminesulfatocobalt(III) Bromide
1- Preparation of [Co(NH3)5Cl)]Cl2 and [Co(NH3)5Br]Br2
2- Preparation of pentaamminebromocobalt(III) sulfate
3- Preparation of pentaamminesulfatocobalt(III) bromide.
4- Characterization
4 12
Experiment 2
Synthesis and characterization of [Cu(NH3)4]SO4.H2O
2 6
Experiment 3
Werner Theory
Electrical Conductivity of Complexes
1 3
Midterm Exam 1 3
Experiment 5
Synthesis of Metal Acetylacetonates
Synthesis and Nitration of Tris(acetylacetonato)cobalt(III)
2 6
![Page 213: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
Experiment 6
Geometrical Isomers: Synthesis and Characterization of Cis- and Trans-
K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2]
2 6
Experiment 7
Electronic Absorption Spectra of metal complexes
2 6
Final Lab exam 1 3
Total Laboratory 15 45
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - 45 - 60 75 135
Credit 2 - 1 - - 3 4.5
*Self-study is not included
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
Total
Contact
Hours
30 45 - - 75
Credit 2 - 1 - - 3
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
0
![Page 214: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the concepts and principles of
coordination chemistry. Identification of
relevant problems related to the course topics
and the ablility to formulate appropriate
solutions to these problems.
Lecture, discussion,
lab demonstrations
Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 Define the ligand and the coordination
compound
lecture, discussion,
small group work, lab
demonstrations
Exams (Majors + Final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Differentiate between a complex compound
and a simple salt and explain how to
nomenclate a coordination compound.
Debate and discussion
within the classroom.
Give some practical
issues and assign
students to create a
strategic plan to
resolve.
Exam (Majors + Final)
2.2 Predict the dentisity of a ligand and the
isomerisms in coordination compounds.
Interpret magnetic properties, color and
electronic spectra of transition metal
complexes
Lecture, Individual
presentation and
learning activity
Exams (Majors + Final)
2.3 Calculate the primary and secondary valences
in a complex, and the oxidation state of the
central atom
Lecture, debate, small
group work,
Exams (Majors + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Illustrate the different geometries of
complexes and appraise the benefits and
limitations of the theories of bonding in
transition metal complexes
lecture, Discussion,
research activities
Reports, quizzes,
homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Research the online websites in different topics
related to coordination chemistry
Research activity
Presentations
![Page 215: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 Demonstrate safety procedure for dealing with
devices, several glass wears for performing
different experiments & manipulating studying
data (tables, diagrams, figures).
lab demonstrations
Lab reports
Practical exams
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 2.3 3.2 4.1 5.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
5.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework, group report) Each
chapter
5%
2 Lab activity ( Lab report) Each lab 5 %
3 Major exams I 7 10 %
4 Midterm lab exam 7 15 %
5 Major exams II 12 10%
6 Final examination* LAB. (Practical Exam) 15 10 %
LECT.
(40% lecture + 5% Theoretical lab exam)
scheduled
by the
registrar
45%
(40% Lect + 5% Lab)
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students
'consultation and academic advice.
![Page 216: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Inorganic Chemistry", Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)
ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Journal of inorganic chemistry, polyhedron.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
- "Advanced Inorganic Chemistry", Cotton, F.A.; Wilkinson, G.; Murillo, C. A.; Bochmann, M. 6th Ed.
(Wiley, 1999) ISBN 978-0471199571
- Douglas, B. , Mc Daniel, D. , Alexander, J. Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry, Third
Edition
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
a) http://wwwchem.uwimona.edu.jm:1104/courses/IC10Kout.html
b) http://chemwiki.ucdavis.edu/Inorganic_Chemistry/Introduction_to_Coordination_Chemistry
c) www.pearsoned.co.uk/housecroft
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
- Materials available on the lecture's home page
- Handout of inorganic chemistry
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Classrooms with enough seats ( 25 seats )
- data show , computer and internet.
- Lab. containing available instruments for inorganic chemistry experiments ( as mentioned in
laboratory manual).
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
- Smart board
![Page 217: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
- Conductivity bridge
- pH meter
- UV- Vis Spectrophotometer
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
- Periodical evaluation of the course by the department
- Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
- The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation
- Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
- Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
- Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hussein Mohamed Elsagher and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
![Page 218: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 30/11/2016
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 219: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Solid State Chemistry - CHEM 387
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 220: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Solid State Chemistry (CHEM 387)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Hussein M. El-Sagher
Dr. Manal Alkhabbas
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th Level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemistry of main group elements (CHEM 286)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Main girls campus 14 C
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
100%
![Page 221: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The main purposes of this course are:
5) Given a clear idea about the chemical and physical properties of the matter at its solid state.
6) Skilled how to differentiate between the main features of the crystalline and amorphous
materials.
7) Taught the different crystal structures, their characterization, using the X-rays techniques and
the identification of the structure defects.
8) Familiarized with the solid solutions and their illustration by the phase diagram.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
24- Provide the enrolled students with the necessary course material.
25- Periodic update of the course content to follow the recent progress in the scientific fields
covered by the course.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course introduces the general principles of crystal and molecular structures
and structure-property relationship, investigation of structure, X-Ray diffraction, crystal structure,
properties and types of solids.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours
Chapter 1: Introduction to solid state chemistry. 2 4
Chapter 2: Electronic materials. 2 4
Chapter 3: Crystal structure. 3 6
Chapter 4: X- ray diffraction. 2 4
Chapter 5: Defects in crystals. 2 4
Chapter 6: Amorphous materials. 2 4
Chapter 7: Solid solutions 2 4
![Page 222: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the two main classes of solids
(crystalline and amorphous) and tell their types
and properties.
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 List the 7 crystal systems and the 14 Bravais’s
lattices.
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
1.3 Define the terms allowing the representation of Lectures, Group Final exam
0
![Page 223: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
solid solutions using the phase diagrams. discussions
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain the main differences between
conductors, insulators and semiconductors.
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
2.2 Calculate some parameters related to the
lattices and recognize the Miller’s indices of
planes and the coordinates of each point and
vector in a given crystalline structure.
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
2.3 Solve different problems that are related to this
course.
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Research effectively online information related
to the course topics
Discussions with
students in the lecture
Reports, homework,
quizzes
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
NA
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 2.3 3.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Home work, Quizzes in the class room Weekly 10%
![Page 224: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
2
Major 1 exam 7th Week 20%
3
Major 2 exam 12th Week 20%
4
Final exam
Scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total --- 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
2 hours / week
E. Learning Resources
2. List Required Textbooks:
Basic of Solid State Chemistry, Anthony R. West, (John Wiley & sons Canada Ltd). ISBN: 0-471-
98756-5
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
Crystal models
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
![Page 225: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet
connection
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the
instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods
- Attending teachers' meetings
- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hussein M. El-Sagher
![Page 226: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
Dr. Manal Hussein Alkhabbas
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 227: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Electroanalytical Techniques - CHEM 392
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 228: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code : Electroanalytical techniques CHEM 392
2. Credit hours: 2 (two Credit hours) {2 Lec.}
Contact hours: {2 Lec}.
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Waed Alahmad
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 5 / Third year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis CHEM 293
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): No
8. Location if not on main campus: N/A
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: N/A
B. Objectives 1. What is the main purpose for this course?
1. Provides students with the essential knowledge and understanding of the principles
electroanalytical techniques.
2. Familiarize students with basic knowledge of electroanalytical methods (potentiometry,
polarographic and voltammetric methods, chronopotentiometry a chronoamperometry,
electrogravimetry, coulometry, conductometry).
3. Getting knowledge about the importance of the electroanalytical techniques use in industry.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
100% √
![Page 229: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as
a result of new research in the field)
1. Post the course material on the website that could be accessed by students after registration.
2. Utilizing various internet resources that offer informative details to support the lecture
course material.
3. Tutorial, reading assignments and relevant research papers using university online library
will be considered to enrich the scope of the course.
4. Increasing the use of IT or web-based reference material
5. Working on updating the objectives of the course and the scientific content as required.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
This course will discuss the theory and instrumental techniques that encompass static and dynamic
electroanalytical measurements. Topics will include potentiometry, voltammetry, coulometry, basic
instrumentation/ operational amplifiers, and new applications. Focus will be on analytical applications and
utilizing the correct technique for solving specific analysis problems.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
1. Basic Principles of Electrochemistry 2 4
2. Potentiometry
2.1. Potential and voltage,
2.2. Electromotive force,
2.3. Nernst equation,
2.4 Standard potential and potential measurements
2.5. Reference Electrodes
2.6. Ion-Selective Electrodes
2.7. Potentiometric Titrations and Applications
3 6
![Page 230: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
3. Ion Selective Electrodes – ISE
3.1. Definition and classification.
3.2. Donnan and Nernst equations,
3.3. Selectivity coefficients and their determination,
3.4. Applications of ISEs.
2 4
4. Coulometry and Electrogravimetry
4.1. Electrogravimetry
4.2. Controlled-Potential Coulometry
4.3. Constant-Current Coulometric Titrations
3 6
5. Conductometry
5.1. Basic definitions
5.2. Conductometric titratios.
5.3. High-frequency conductometry.
5.4. Principles and applications.
3 6
6. Amperometric Analysis
6.1. Modern Voltammetric Techniques
6.1.1. Pulse Volammetry
6.1.2. Fast Linear Sweep Voltammetry
6.1.3. Anodic Stripping Voltammetry
6.2. Amperometric Titrations
2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
![Page 231: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods
and Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and
align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate
assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning
outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an
integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from
each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Recognize the basic and general concepts of
different electroanalytical analysis and
instruments used for analysis.
Lecture , discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and
and final exam
1.2 Describe the electoanalytical method and
the significance of their variables.
Lecture , discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam
2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Explain the diagrams got from the
electroanalytical methods: potentially,
votametry and polarography,
electrogravimetry, coulometry,
conductimetry.
lecture , Brainstorming,
Discussion
Major 1 & 2 and final
exam
2.2 describe the structure and function of
different instrument components, e.g.
reference electrodes, ion-selective
electrodes, different electrode materials that
are used in ammeters, electrochemical flow
cells etc
lecture , Brainstorming,
Discussion
Major 1 & 2 and final
exam
2.3 Analyze chemical data related to
electroanalytical technique
lecture , Brainstorming,
Discussion
Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Choose the most appropriate
electroanalytical technique for a specific
analysis
lecture , Brainstorming,
Discussion
Major 1 & 2 and final
exam
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Search for scientifically relevant
information
Research activity
(small research projects)
Individual and group
Research assessment
None
![Page 232: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
5.0 Psychomotor N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of
Total Assessment
1. Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group)
report)
Regularly 10%
2. Major I exams 6 20%
3. Major II exams 12 20%
4. Final exam As scheduled on
the banner
50%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations
and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each
week.)
1. Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for
students’ consultation and academic advice.
2. Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the
students
E. Learning Resources
2. List Required Textbooks
- Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Jan 1, 2013 9th Edition by Douglas A. Skoog
and Donald M. West , F. James Holler (Author), Stanley R. Crouch (Author), ISBN-
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 2.2 2.3 2.5 3.3 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
![Page 233: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
10: 0495558281 | ISBN-13: 9780495558286
- Douglas A. Skoog , F. James Holler, Stanley R. Crouch, 2006, Principles of Instrumental
- Analysis, 6th edition, Brooks Cole. ISBN-10: 0495012017, ISBN-13: 978-0495012016
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
1. http://ull.chemistry.uakron.edu/analytical/
2. http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm
3. http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/stathome.html
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by Francis
and Annick Rouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
http://www.odu.edu/sci/xu/chem321/chem321.htm
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or
regulations and software.
7- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
8- Materials available on the lecture's home page.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of
seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
8- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).
9- Data show, computer and internet.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Data show
• Smart Board
• Blackboard
• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or
attach list):
Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
a) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
b) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
![Page 234: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
a. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
b. Peer consultation on teaching
c. Departmental council discussions
d. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
a) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
b) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
c) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
d) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and
remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for improvement.
a) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)
b) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
Changes.
d) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest
Improved
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________
![Page 235: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Environmental analysis - CHEM 393
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 236: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code : Environmental analysis / CHEM 393
2. Credit hours: 2 (two Credit hours) {2 Lec.}
Contact hours: {2 Lec}.
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Waed Alahmad
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 5 / third year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Methods of Spectroscopic Analysis / CHEM 294
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A
8. Location if not on main campus: N/A
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: N/A
B. Objectives
100% √
![Page 237: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be:
9) Taught the basic knowledge of analytical technique to environmental samples including
water, air, and soil.
10) Given the analysis of the major physical, chemical, and biological parameters for each
environmental sample.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as
a result of new research in the field)
26- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
27- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
28- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The analysis of environmental samples as water, air and soil consist of physical, chemical and biological
parameter analysis. This course is studied from the acquisition of representative samples through sample
handling, sample storage, analytical method and data interpretation.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours
Transport of pollutant in the environment and
approaches of their analysis 2 4
Water analysis – Major constituents 2.5 5
![Page 238: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
Water analysis – Trace pollutants 3 6
Analysis of land, solids and waste 3 6
Atmospheric analysis – Gases 2.5 5
Atmospheric analysis – particulates 2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods
and Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and
align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate
assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning
outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an
integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from
each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
None
![Page 239: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Recognize the basic knowledge of
analytical technique to analyze
environmental samples including water, air,
and soil.
Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exams
1.2 Describe the methods of preparation and
treatment for different samples to analysis
Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, and final
exams
2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Analyze the data to identify the physical,
chemical and biological parameter
Brainstorming,
discussion, lecture
Major 1 & 2, and final
exams
2.2 Solve problems to estimate the analyte Brainstorming,
discussion, lecture
Major 1 & 2, and final
exams
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Select the most appropriate analytical tool
for a particular sample (air, water and soil)
Brainstorming,
discussion, lecture
Major 1 & 2, final exams
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in
different websites of the environmental
issues
Research activity Research report
assessment
5.0 Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to : N/A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.3 1.6 1.7 2.3 2.5 3.3 4.1 4.2
1.1 √ √ √
1.2 √ √ √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
4.1 √ √
![Page 240: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group
project, examination, speech, oral
presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total Assessment
5. Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%
6. Major exams I 7 th week 20%
7. Major exams II 12th week 20%
8. Final exam 15th week scheduled by
the registrar
scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations
and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each
week.)
Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students 'consultation
and academic advice.
E. Learning Resources
3. List Required Textbooks
Environmental Analytical Chemistry, F. W. Fifield , P. J. Haines, Wiley Blackwell; 2 edition
(2000), ISBN-10: 0632053836, ISBN-13: 978- 0632053834.
Introduction to Environmental Analysis, Roger N. Reeve, 2002, ISBN: 978-0- 471-49295-5.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
https://www.sciencetarget.com/Journal/index.php/IJIA/
http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+toxicology/journal/244
http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+chemistry/journal/10311
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
The Handbook of Environmental Chemistry: Barceló, Damià, Kostianoy, Andrey G., Hutzinger,
Otto: ISSN: 1867-979X
http://www.springer.com/environment/journal/11356
http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+health+-+public+health/journal/10653
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://www.tandfonline.com/toc/geac20/current#.VGJ7czSUfZI
![Page 241: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or
regulations and software.
9- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
10- Materials available on the lecture's home page.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of
seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
10- Classrooms with enough seats ( 25 seats )
11- Data show, computer and internet.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Data show
• Smart Board
• Blackboard
• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or
attach list): N/A
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
c) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
d) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
1. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
e. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
f. Peer consultation on teaching
g. Departmental council discussions
h. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.
![Page 242: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
2. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
e) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
f) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
g) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
h) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences
3. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and
remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
4. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for improvement.
e) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)
f) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
g) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
Changes.
h) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest
Improved
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________
![Page 243: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Practical Instrumental Analysis - CHEM 394
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 244: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code : Practical Instrumental Analysis / CHEM 394
2. Credit hours: : 2
Contact hours: 4 (2+2)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Waed Alahmad
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 5 / third year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Method of Spectroscopic Analysis Analysis CHEM 293 and
Electroanalytical techniques CHEM 392
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):
8. Location if not on main campus: N/A
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: N/A
B. Objectives
100% √
![Page 245: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be:-
- Taught the basic theory and practice of instrumental methods including the electroanalytical
and spectroscopic techniques.
- Given a wide range of analytical techniques that are useful in modern analytical chemistry.
- Given the principles of the measurement by various laboratory instruments related to
electroanalytical and spectroscopic techniques.
- Acquire basic laboratory skills and techniques
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as
a result of new research in the field)
29- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
30- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
31- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
32- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
5- Updating the objectives of the course and the scientific content as required.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
The course will cover the theory and practical application of various methods used to analyze chemical
samples. The course will emphasize spectroscopic and electroanalytical instruments and methods. Topics
covered included: pre-experiment planning, preparative methods, analytical methods, statistical evaluation of
data, and examination and presentation of results.
1. Topics to be Covered in labs
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours
![Page 246: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
Pre-lab. Introduction (Calibration curve method - Least
square method- Preparation of stock and standard
solution.
1 4
Potentiometric titration I: Automatic potentiometric
acid-base titration.
Determination of bicarbonates in water.
1 4
Potentiometric titration II: Complexometric titration of
calcium and magnesium.
0.5 2
Determination of nitrates using ion selective electrode. 0.5 2
Coulometric titration: Determination of chlorides with
Coulometrically generated mercurous ion.
1 4
Conductometric titration I : Conductometric titration of
acid mixtures with strong bases.
1 4
Conductometric titration II : Conductometric titration
of strong and weak acids.
0.5 2
Polarogrophy : Determination of ascorbic acid in citrus
juice.
1 4
Stripping voltammetry: Determination of Pb2+ and
Cd2+, using hanging mercury-drop electrode.
0.5 2
Voltammetric determination of cadmium. 0.5 2
Spectrophotometric determination of Nitrite –Nitrogen
-AZO Dye Method.
1 4
Spectrophotometric determination of Iron (II)
concentration with 1,10-Phenanthroline.
0.5 2
Spectrophotometric determination of ammonia using
Nessler reagent.
0.5 2
Flame photometric determination of sodium and
potassium.
1 4
Determination of Ca using Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy.
1 4
![Page 247: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
Flame photometric determination of lithium in water
sample.
0.5 2
Determine the relative atomic mass of neon using mass
spectrometery.
1 4
Determination of nitrogen and phosphorus containing
pesticides by GC-MS.
1 4
Photo Acoustic determination of NH3 or trace gases in
the environment.
1 4
Total 15 60
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours - - 60 30 60 90
Credit - - 2 - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods
and Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and
align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate
assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning
outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an
integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from
each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge: By the end of this course the students will be able to
None
![Page 248: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
1.1 Recognize the basic theory and practice of
instrumental methods including the
electroanalytical and spectroscopic
techniques
Lab Lab. Exams
Lab. report
1.2 Describe the principles of the measurement
by various laboratory instruments related to
electroanalytical and spectroscopic
techniques.
Lab. Lab. Exams
Lab. report
2.0 Cognitive Skills: By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Apply the theory and operational principles
of analytical instruments.
Group assignments
Lab
Lab. Exams
Lab. report
2.2 Explain the diagrams got from the
electroanalytical and spectroscopic
methods.
Group assignments
Lab.
Lab. Exams
Lab. report
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility: By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Collaborate effectively with other people in
a team.
Group assignments
Lab.
Lab. report
3.2 Select appropriate techniques and
procedures for chemical analysis
Lab. work Lab. Exams
Lab. report
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Interpret data derived from laboratory
observations and measurements in terms of
their significance and the theory underlying
them.
lab Lab. Exams
Lab.report
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Perform correctly quantitative
measurements using
electroanalytical and
spectroscopic techniques.
lab Lab. Exams
Lab.report
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 2.3 2.5 3.2 3.3 4.3 5.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
4.1
![Page 249: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week
Due
Proportion of Total Assessment
9. Lab. Report weekly 25%
10. Mid exam 7th 25% (Practical 20%+ sheet 5%)
11. Final exam 15th 50% (Practical 40%+ sheet 10%)
12. Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations
and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each
week.)
Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for student
'consultation and academic advice.
E. Learning Resources
4. List Required Textbooks
Analytical Chemistry, 7th Edition by Gary D. Christian, Purnendu K. Dasgupta, Kevin A.
Schug, 2013
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
1. https://www.sciencetarget.com/Journal/index.php/IJIA/
5. http://www.oriprobe.com/journals/fxcsxb.html
6. http://www.hindawi.com/journals/ijs/
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
Vogel's Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th Edition by J. Mendham, R.C. Denney , J. D.
Barnes, M.J.K. Thomas, ISBN-13: 978-0582226289, 2000
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://www.iospress.nl/journal/spectroscopy/
http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-electroanalytical-chemistry/
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or
regulations and software.
11- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
12- Materials available on the lecture's home page.
F. Facilities Required
5.1
![Page 250: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of
seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
12- Laboratory Equipped by instrument (electroanalytical and spectroscopic instrument)
13- Data show, computer and internet.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Data show
• Smart Board
• Blackboard
• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or
attach list):
Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1.. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
e) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
f) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
5. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
i. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
j. Peer consultation on teaching
k. Departmental council discussions
l. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.
6. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
i) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
j) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
k) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
l) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences
7. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and
remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
![Page 251: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
8. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for improvement.
i) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)
j) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
k) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
Changes.
l) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest
Improved
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________
![Page 252: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Water Treatment - CHEM 395
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 253: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Water treatment / CHEM 395
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Fathi Alimi
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 6 / third year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Methods of Spectroscopic Analysis / CHEM 294
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 254: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be to:-
1) Taught the essential knowledge to water demands, water consumptions, water collection works,
water purification processes, stages and design of different water purification components.
2) Acquire the essential knowledge to understand design and plan the main components of water
treatment plants.
3) Provide the necessary practical and professional skills concerning the planning and design of water
distribution networks, water analysis and sampling.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
1- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course
material.
2- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in
the course only.
3- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
4- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
This course provides an introduction to water operations and the basic skills and knowledge needed to
advance in this industry. An introductory survey of the fundamental concepts of chemical and physico-
chemical will be covered. The course will provide an overview of water treatment processes as well as
terminology and equipment used.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics
No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter 1 : Introduction : Water resources and demand
1.1. Introduction
1.2. Surface waters
1.3. Groundwater
1.4. Water demand
1 2
![Page 255: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
Chapter 2 : Chemistry of water
2.1. Introduction
2.2. Gases dissolved in water
2.3. The conductivity of water
2.4. The hardness of water
2.5. The pH value of water
2.6. Other ions in water
2.7. Content of organic and inorganic substances in water
2.8. Significant chemical and physico-chemical parameters in water
2 4
Chapter 3 : Water sampling
3.1. Introduction
3.2. Collection of water sample
3.3. Sampling equipment
3.4. Sampling instruction
3.5 Analysis of water sample
2 4
Chapter 4 : Why water needs treatment?
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Water pollution
4.3. Water scaling
4.4. Water corrosion
4. 4. Treatment for drinking water
4. 5. Treatment of process water
2 4
Chapter 5 : Basic water treatment process
5.1. Introduction
5.2. Oxidation
5.3. Coagulation
5.4. Flocculation
5.5. Sedimentation
5.6. Adsorption
5.7. Disinfection
5.8. Filtration
2 4
Chapter 6 : Physico-Chemical treatment
6.1. Introduction
6.2. Ultrafiltration
6.3. Nanofiltration
6.4. Reverse Osmosis RO
6.5. Electrodialysis
6.6. Ion exchange
2 4
![Page 256: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
Chapter 7 : Physical treatment
7.1. Introduction
7.2. Magnetic treatment
7.3. Electromagnetic treatment
7.4. Electrostatic treatment
2 4
Chapter 8 : Chemical treatment
8.1. Introduction
8.2. The use of inhibitor
8.3. Denitrification
8.4. the oxidation and the use of oxidation process
2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to
0 Hours
![Page 257: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
1.1 Recognize water demands, nature and types of
water problems.
Lecture, Discussion. Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam
1.2 Describe the methods of preparation and
treatment for water samples to analysis.
Lecture, Discussion. Major 1 & 2 and final
exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Compare the different types of water and water
treatment.
Brainstorming, lecture. Major 1 & 2 and final
exam
2.2 Differentiate between water treatment stages
and works.
Brainstorming, lecture. Major 1 & 2 and final
exam
2.3 Solve different problems belong to water
treatment
Brainstorming, lecture. Major 1 & 2, quiz and
final exam
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Select the most appropriate method tool for
water treatment
Discussion, lecture Major 1 & 2 and final
exam
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in
different websites of the water treatment issues
Research activity individual and group
presentations assessment
Research assessment
5.0 Psychomotor
N/A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.3 1.6 1.7 2.1 2.3 3.3 4.1 4.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%
2
Major exams I 7 th week 20%
![Page 258: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
3 Major exams II 12th week 20%
4 Final exam
15th week scheduled
by the registrar
50%
5 Total - 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students 'consultation
and academic advice.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Fundamentals of water treatment unit processes. Physical, Chemical and Biological. By David Hendrickes.
ISBN-13: 978-1420061918, 1st Edition, 2011
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+toxicology/journal/244
http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+chemistry/journal/10311
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
The Handbook of Environmental Chemistry: Barceló, Damià, Kostianoy, Andrey G., Hutzinger, Otto:
ISSN: 1867-979X
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://www.tandfonline.com/toc/geac20/current#.VGJ7czSUfZI
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
1. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
2. Materials available on the lecture's home page
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
1. Classrooms with enough seats ( 25 seats )
2. Data show, computer and internet.
![Page 259: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
❖ Data show
❖ Smart board
❖ Black board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
N/A
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
❖ Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
❖ Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
1- Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
2- Periodical evaluation of the course by the department
3- Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
❖ The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation
❖ Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
❖ Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
❖ Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
1. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
2. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported
to the course instructor officially through the department.
3. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Fathi Alimi
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
![Page 260: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 261: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Statistics for Chemists - CHEM 413
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 262: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Statistics for chemists / CHEM 413
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Fathi Alimi
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 6 / Third year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Math 101
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B. Objectives
100 %
![Page 263: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/263.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be:
1. Given a fundamental understanding of the background and details of statistical techniques, as well as
an understanding of the assumptions and limitations of these techniques.
2. Able to select and apply appropriate statistical methods to problems involving chemistry or other
areas of laboratory-based experiment-driven sciences and be able to employ several different
statistics packages in context with the scientific hypotheses under investigation.
3. Taught the practical knowledge of how to carry out meaningful statistical analyses.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
5- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course
material.
6- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in
the course only.
7- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
8- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
This section outlines the use of the statistics encountered in Chemistry, and goes through the basic tools that
you will use to approach statistical analysis in chemical measurement. It also outlines the how you can use
these tools in Excel.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1. Introduction to Statistics for chemists
1.1. Some important terms
1.2. Measurement
1 2
![Page 264: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/264.jpg)
2. Errors in Chemical Analysis
2.1. Characterizing Measurements and Results
2.2. Characterizing Experimental Errors
2 4
3. Random Errors in Chemical analysis
3.1. The nature of random errors
3.2. Statistical treatment of random error
3.3. Standard deviation of calculated results
3.4. Reporting Computed data
2,5 5
4. Statistical data treatment and evaluation
4.1. Confidence intervals
4.2. Statistical aids to hypothesis testing
4.3. Analysis of Variance
4.4. Detection of gross errors
2,5 5
5. Evaluating Analytical Data
5.1. Propagation of Uncertainty
5.2. The Distribution of Measurements and results
5.3. Results Statistical Methods for Normal Distributions
5.4. Detection Limits
2 4
6. Sampling, Standardization and calibration
6.1. Analytical samples and methods
6.2. Sampling and sample handling
6.3. Standardization and calibration
6.4. Standardizing Methods
6.5. Linear Regression and Calibration Curves
3 6
7. Use of Excel in Analytical Chemistry 2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
![Page 265: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/265.jpg)
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge : By the end of the course, students will be able to: 1.1 Recognize the basic knowledge of Statistics
required to treated different chemical data.
Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and
final exam
1.2 Define various types of experimental errors,
appropriate statistical methods to analyze
them.
Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and
final exam
1.3 Describe the general approach to standardize
and calibrate the different equipment.
Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and
final exam
2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of the course, students will be able to: 2.1 Differentiate between different type of
experimental errors
Lecture, discussion,
Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and
final exam Activity
assessment
2.2 Analyze chemical data to solve problem by
using statistics models
Lecture, discussion,
Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and
final exam Activity
assessment
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of the course, students will be able to: 3.1 Select the appropriate statistical method for
treatment and evaluation of results
Lecture, discussion,
Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and
final exam Activity
assessment
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
0
![Page 266: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/266.jpg)
4.1 Evaluate the statistical theory through
software implementation and simulation
approaches.
Discussion, lecture ,
Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and
final exam Activity
assessment
5.0 Psychomotor N/A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.5 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.3 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%
2 Major exams I 7 th week 20%
3 Major exams II 12th week 20%
4 Final exam
15th week
scheduled by
the registrar
50%
5 Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
- Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
- Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
![Page 267: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/267.jpg)
Fundamental of Analytical Chemistry, 8th ed. by D.A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler and S.R. Crouch
(2007). ISBN-13: 978-0-534-41797-0.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Modern Analytical Chemistry, David Harvey, ISBN 0–07–237547–7
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
www.Elesevier.com , www.springer.com
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
Power point prepared by the course instructor.
Materials available on the lecture's home page
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector).
- Computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
- smart board
- Software
- black board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
N/A
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
![Page 268: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/268.jpg)
process that used for course.
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
- Peer consultation on teaching
- Departmental council discussions
- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
1. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
2. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
3. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
- Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken are
approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed Changes.
- Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest Improved
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Fathi Alimi
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator:
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 269: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/269.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Quantum Chemistry - CHEM 461
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 270: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/270.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Quantum Chemistry - CHEM461
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male branch: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Female branch: Dr. Nashwa Saad AbdElshafy
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 271: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/271.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
a. Taught the basics of quantum Chemistry.
b. Given the postulates of quantum mechanics.
c. Taught the needs to quantum chemistry to explain some phenomena that the classical physics
cannot explain.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
e. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
f. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
g. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
h. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand the basic principles of quantum chemistry, simple harmonic
motion, the rigid rotor, atomic and molecular structure, solving the Schrödinger equation, a quantum
mechanical model for the vibration and rotation of molecules, the Hydrogen atom and many –electron
Atoms and quantum states for many –electron atoms.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction.
Chapter 1: Basic principles of quantum chemistry.
1.1. Black body radiation.
1.2. Photoelectric effect.
1.3. Compton effect.
1.4. Bohr Theory.
1.5. Hydrogen atomic spectra and Rydberg formula.
1.6. The de Broglie postulate.
1.7. Heisenberg uncertainty principle. 1.8. Linear and Hermitian operators.
3 6
![Page 272: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/272.jpg)
Chapter 2: The Schrodinger Equation.
2.1. Interpretation of the wave function.
2.2. Derivation of the Schrodinger equation.
2.3. Solving the Schrodinger Equation.
2.4. Normalization of the wave function.
2.5. Orthogonality.
2.6. Correspondence principle. 2.7. Degeneracy.
3 6
Chapter 3: The Quantum Mechanical Postulates.
3.1. Postulates of quantum Mechanics.
3.2. The Physical Meaning Associated with The wave Function.
3.3. Every Observable Has a Corresponding Operator. 3.4. The Expectation Value.
2 4
Chapter 4: Using Quantum Mechanics on Simple Systems.
4.1. The Particle in a one- Dimensional Box.
4.2. The energy of a particle in a one- Dimensional Box.
4.3. The wave function is normalized.
2 4
Chapter 5: A Quantum Mechanical Model for the Vibration and Rotation of
Molecules.
5.1. Solving the Schrodinger Equation for the Quantum Mechanical
Harmonic Oscillator.
5.2. The Quantization of Angular Momentum.
5.3. The Spherical Harmonic Functions. 5.4. Angular Motion and the Classical Rigid Rotor.
3 6
Chapter 6: The Hydrogen Atom and many –Electron Atoms.
6.1. Formulating the Schrodinger Equation.
6.2. Solving the Schrodinger Equation for the Hydrogen Atom. 6.3. Eigenvalues and Eigen functions for the Total Energy.
6.4 The Hydrogen atom orbitals.
6.5 Helium the smallest many electron atom.
6.6 Good quantum numbers, terms, levels, and states.
2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
![Page 273: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/273.jpg)
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge 1.1 Recognize Basic principles of quantum chemistry,
The Quantum Mechanical Postulates, Eigen values
and Eigen functions.
Lecture and small group
discussion
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
1.2 Write Schrodinger equation, wave function and the
energy for different systems.
Lecture and small group
demonstrations
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Calculate the uncertainty in momentum and
position, wavelength, frequency, energy and
degeneracy for different systems.
Lecture and small group
discussion
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
2.2 Differentiate between linear and nonlinear
operators, eigen and noneigen problems, classical
physics and Einstein,s explanation of the
photoelectric effect, mechanical and
electromagnetic waves
Lecture and
brainstorming
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Demonstrate different situations and problems
related to the studied topics.
Brainstorming, lecture
and small group work Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical 4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different
websites of the studied topics Research activity Group reports
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
3.1
None
![Page 274: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/274.jpg)
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Report and Homework. Each chapter 10%
2 Major I exam. Around 6th -
7th week 20%
3 Major II exam. Around 11th -
12th week 20%
4 Final exam. As scheduled
on the banner 50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
c. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
d. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career
advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Physical Chemistry: Laidler K., Meiser J. and Sanctuary B., Cengage Learning, 2003, ISBN-13:
978-0-618-12341-4 / ISBN-10: 0-618-12341-5
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
a. Physical chemistry, Julio de Paula and Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010.
ISBN: 0199543372.
b. Physical Chemistry: International Edition, 2/E, Thomas Engel and Philip Reid, Person
Education Inc., 2010
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Molecular Quantum Mechanics, 5th edition (ISBN: 0199541426, Oxford University Press,
2010) by P. Atkins and R. Friedman
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
a. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quantum_chemistry
b. https://sites.google.com/site/gdlquantumchemistrygroup/
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
c. Power Point of the course content prepared by the course instructor.
d. Materials available on the course instructor's home page.
e. Handout of Quantum chemistry
![Page 275: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/275.jpg)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
q. Data show.
r. Smart Board.
s. Computer and internet connection.
t. Black board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
NA
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
c. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
d. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching strategies.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
d. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field.
e. Peer consultation on teaching.
f. Departmental council discussions.
g. Discussions within the group of faculty members teaching the same course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
b. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
c. Periodical departmental revisions of the used teaching methods.
d. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
![Page 276: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/276.jpg)
improvement.
d. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be
approved by the departmental and higher councils.
e. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
f. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr/ Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Dr/ Nashwa Saad AbdElshafy
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr/ Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 277: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/277.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Applied Physical Chemistry - CHEM 465
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 278: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/278.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Applied Physical Chemistry - CHEM 465
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry.
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male branch: Dr/ Reda Abdel Hameed Abdelghany
Female branch: Dr/ Dina El-Naggar
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th Level / 3rd Year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 366
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 279: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/279.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be:
a. Taught different topics in applied electrochemistry: Electro deposition of metals,
electroplating, extraction of aluminum, products of electrolysis of aqueous and molten sodium
chloride, purification of copper by electrolysis.
b. Given the principals, laws, types, and applications of applied Photochemistry.
c. Taught the different applications of LASERS and catalysis.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in
the field)
a. Using of smart board and projector (power point program) to represent all lecturers.
b. Electronic materials (soft copy from teaching materials) will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
c. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
d. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to cover new trends in applied Physical Chemistry such as applied
electrochemistry, applied photochemistry, Applications of LASERS, and Application of catalysis.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1-Applied electrochemistry
- Application of electro deposition.
- Factors affecting electro deposition.
- Electroplating.
- Extraction of aluminum.
- Products of electrolysis of aqueous and molten sodium chloride.
- Purification of copper by electrolysis.
3 6
![Page 280: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/280.jpg)
2- Applied Photochemistry
- Introduction, definitions, and terms.
- Chemical reactions and light.
- Energy of photons and Mechanisms of Light Absorption.
- Laws of Photochemistry, (A. Einstein) and Einstein’s Equivalency
Principle (Grotthus, Draper, Stark, Einstein)
- Types of photochemical reactions and quantum yeild.
- Processes for producing electronically excited atoms and molecules.
- Fluorescence, phosphorescence, and Jablonski Diagram.
- Photochemical Equilibrium.
- Applications of photochemical processes.
5 10
3-Application of LASERS
- What lasers are and how they work.
- What is a laser?
- What are its properties?
- How does a laser work?
- What molecular transitions produce laser operation?
- How these are practically realised?
- What are some common types of laser?
- Several applications of lasers.
- Femtosecond studies of simple dissociation processes (Zewail).
4 8
4-Application of Catalysis
- Catalysis in industry.
- Electro catalysis and its applications.
- Zeolite and its applications.
3 6
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
None
![Page 281: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/281.jpg)
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the importance, of electro deposition of
metals, factors affecting it and purification of
copper.
lecture, Discussion Major I Exam & final
Exam
1.2 List the main principles of Photochemistry.
Including, definitions, laws, types, and applications lecture, Discussion
Major I Exam, Major II
Exam, final Exam
1.3 Describe the properties, characteristics, types, and
applications of LASER lecture, Discussion Major II Exam, final exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Compare between products of electrolysis of
different kind of raw materials and Fluorescence,
phosphorescence
lecture, Discussion Major I Exam, Major II
Exam, final Exam
2.2 Summarize the important applications of zeolite
and electro catalysis lecture, Discussion Major II Exam, final exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Analyze different situations and problems Small group work Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 On line research on the subjects related to the
course topic Research activity Group report
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
![Page 282: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/282.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Quizzes and homework Periodically 10%
2
Major I exam. 6 20%
3 Major II exam. 12 20%
4 Final exam.
As scheduled
on the
banner
50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
a- Fundamentals of Electrochemistry, V. S. Bagotsky, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
(2006). ISBN: 10 0-471-70058-4, ISBN: 13 978-0-471-70058-6.
b- Corrosion Engineering, Principles and practices, P. R. Roberge, 2008, McGraw-Hill
Companies, ISBN: 0-07-164087-8.
c- Photochemistry, R. Wayne, Oxford Univ. Press, 1996. ISBN-13: 978-0198558866
d- Laser Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, W. T. Silfvast, 2008. ISBN-13: 978-0521541053, ISBN-10:
9780521541053.
e- Zeolites and Catalysis: Synthesis, Reactions and Applications, 2010, ISBN: 978-3-527-32514-6.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
a. Journal of corrosion science
b. Laser Chemistry: Spectroscopy, Dynamics and Applications. H. H. Telle, A. G. Ureña, R. J.
Donovan, 2007, Wiley & sons Ltd, ISBN: 978-0-471-48571-1.
c. Laser Spectroscopy: Basic Concepts and Instrumentation, W. Demtröder, 2003, Springer,
ISBN: ISBN 978-3-662-05157-3.
d. Instructor Handout
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
None
3. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
a. International journals of electrochemical science
b. Corrosion science journal
![Page 283: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/283.jpg)
c. Journal of applied electrochemistry
d. Available web-sites on the internet related to the topics of the course.
e. Journal of photochemistry
4. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
a. Power point b. Materials available on the lecture's home page
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
a. Computers
b. Smart classroom
c. Internet
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
a. Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
b. Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback
to the instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods
b. Attending teachers' meetings
c. Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.
![Page 284: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/284.jpg)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Reda Abdel Hameed
Dr. Dina Al –Naggar
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 6-11-2016
Program Coordinator: Dr/ Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 285: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/285.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Surface and Catalysis -CHEM 466
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 286: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/286.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Surface and Catalysis - CHEM 466
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr.Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Female Branch: Dr. Samah Abdelrahman Ahmed
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 368
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage? 100
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
![Page 287: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/287.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, students will be:
a. Taught detailed concepts of surface chemistry, adsorption, and catalysis.
b. Given the different types of adsorption and the general concepts and principles of catalysis.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
a. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course
material.
b. The course material will be posted on the website and could be accessed only by students enrolled in the
course.
c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
Part 1 (Surface Chemistry): The goal of this part is to understand the basic definitions of surface tension, the
adsorption on surface, adsorption isotherms and important techniques for the characterization of surfaces.
Part 2 (Catalysis): The goal of this part is to understand the basic definitions of catalysis, the types of
catalysis and the catalysis cycle, characteristics of the catalytic reactions and catalytic materials and their
applications.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction.
Chapter 1: Introduction and basic definitions of surface chemistry.
1.1. Liquid-liquid interface.
1.2. Solid-liquid interface.
1.3. Solid-gas interface.
1.4. Important Technique for the characterization of surface.
2 4
Chapter 2: Surface Tension.
2.1. Surface energy and Surface Tension.
2.2. Wetting and Spreading.
2.3. Capillarity.
2.4. Surface tension measurement.
2.5. Interfacial tension and spreading of liquids.
2.6. Surface Tension and Temperature.
3 6
![Page 288: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/288.jpg)
Chapter 3: Adsorption on surface.
3.1. Adsorption.
3.2. Adsorption of solids on solutions.
3.3. Types of adsorption.
3.4. Factors affecting on adsorption.
3.5. Heat of adsorption.
3 6
Chapter 4: Adsorption Isotherms.
4.1. Langmuir adsorption isotherm and BET Theory.
4.2. Applications of adsorption.
4.3. Parachor.
2 4
Chapter 5: Catalysis.
5.1. Introduction and basic definitions of catalysis.
5.2. Types of catalysis and the catalytic cycle.
5.3. Characteristics of catalytic reactions.
5.4. Catalytic materials and their preparation.
5 10
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Describe properties of surfaces, basic concepts of Lecture and discussion- Major I, Major II, Final
![Page 289: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/289.jpg)
surface tension, different techniques for the
characterization of different surfaces, basis of
adsorption on surfaces and adsorption isotherms.
Exam
1.2 State the importance of catalysis, different types of
catalysis and the catalytic cycle. Lecture and discussion- Major II, Final Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Differentiate between different techniques for the
characterization of surfaces, types of adsorption on
surfaces and adsorption isotherms.
Brainstorming, lecture,
and discussion
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
2.2 Explain the principles of surface tension, basis of
adsorption on surfaces, preparation of catalysts and
their properties.
Brainstorming, lecture,
and discussion
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Demonstrate different situations and problems
related to surface chemistry and catalysis. Small group work Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different
websites of physical chemistry. Research activity Group reports
5.0
Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to
5.1 NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.1 2.2 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
![Page 290: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/290.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Homework and Group report Each chapter 10%
2
Major I exam 6 20%
3 Major II exam 12 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled on the banner
50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and
career advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
a. Introduction to Surface Chemistry and Catalysis, Yimin Li ،Gabor A. Somorjai, Publisher:
John Wiley & Sons, 2010, ISBN: 047050823X, 9780470508237.
b. The basis and applications of heterogeneous catalysis, Michael Bowker, Publisher:Oxford
University Press, 1998. ISBN: 0198559585.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
a. Journal of Physical chemistry.
b. Heterogeneous Catalysis Principles and applications by G.C. BOND. Oxford University Press,
1987. ISBN-10: 0198555261, ISBN-13: 978-0198555261.
c. Heterogeneous Catalysis by Mark G. White. Prentice Hall Publisher, 1989. ISBN-10:
0133877396, ISBN-13: 978-0133877397.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Physical chemistry: Julio de Paula Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010. ISBN:
0199543372.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://www.chem.qmul.ac.uk/surfaces/scc/
![Page 291: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/291.jpg)
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.
c. Handout of the course.
d. Multimedia associated with the text books and the relevant websites.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
u. Data show.
v. Smart Board.
w. Computer and internet connection.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
e. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process used during the course.
f. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.
c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
b. Workshop presented by experts on modern teaching methodologies.
Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.
![Page 292: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/292.jpg)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud & Dr. Samah Abdelrahman
Ahmed
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 293: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/293.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Practical Physical Chemistry II - CHEM 467
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 294: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/294.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Practical physical chemistry II - CHEM 467
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male branch: Dr. Reda Abdel Hameed Abdelghany
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th Level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemical kinetics - CHEM 368
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): Surface & Catalysis - CHEM 466
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 295: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/295.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be:
Taught an adequate and basic coverage for techniques commonly used in chemical kinetics, and
surface & catalysis.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g. increased use
of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the field)
The plan to develop the course is as follows:
a. Explain strategy of the course in the beginning of the semester.
b. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the
laboratory course material.
c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The first part covers topics in chemical kinetics through eleven (11) experiments to determine specific
rate constants and half-life time for 1st, pseudo-first, and 2nd order reactions, to determine order of
simple reactions, to study the effect of catalysts on the rate of chemical reactions, to determine the
activation energy by using Arrhenius equation at different temperatures, and to study the effect of
ionic strength on rate of chemical reactions.
The second part covers various topics in surface chemistry and catalysis through eleven (11)
experiments to determine surface tension and factors affecting it, to study the extent of adsorption on
some adsorbents, to determine adsorption parameters and heat of adsorption, and to study the
catalytic effect on some reactions.
1. Topics to be covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contac
t
Hours
01-Introduction to Safety Protocols and General introduction
02- Calculations & Graphing in physical chemistry experiments 1 6
03- Hydrolysis of methyl acetate in acid medium
04- Determination of Surface Tension Liquids by Capillary Rise Method and drop
weight Method.
1 6
05- Determination of the saponification rate constant of ethyl acetate in alkaline medium. 1 6
![Page 296: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/296.jpg)
06- Surface tension of n-butanol solution
07- Kinetics of hydrogen Peroxide - hydrogen Iodide Reaction
08- Effect of temperature on Surface Tension of liquid. 1 6
09- Kinetics of halogenations of Acetone in Solution.
10- Adsorption of acetic acid on to activated charcoal. 1 6
11- Midterm exam for chemical kinetics experiments.
12- Midterm exam for surface & catalysis experiments. 1 6
13- Oxidation of potassium iodide (KI) by potassium per–sulphate (K2S2O8) in neutral
medium.
14- Determination of the Adsorption Parameters of Oxalic acid on Charcoal.
1 6
15-Determination of the rate constant and order of the sulphite- iodate reaction Clock
Reactions.
16- Determination of Heat of adsorption of acetic acid on charcoal.
1 6
17-Effect of temperature on Oxidation of potassium iodide (KI) by potassium per-
sulphate (K2S2O8) in neutral medium.
18- Determination of Heat of adsorption of oxalic acid on charcoal.
1 6
19-Investigation of salt effect of NaCl on the rate constant of the persulphate iodide
reaction.{Effect of ionic strength}.
20- To find out the equilibrium constant for the tri-iodide formation.
1 6
21-Determination of Activation Energy.
22- To find out the partition coefficient of iodine between carbon tetrachloride and water. 1 6
23- Kinetics of decomposition of H2O2 by using K2Cr2O7 Solution.
24- Catalytic effect of Metal Oxide Catalyst on Hydrogen Peroxide. 1 6
25- Effect of catalyst on reaction between oxalic acid and potassium permanganate
(Autocatalytic reaction).
26- Absorption spectra of conjugated dye, particle in a box.
1 6
27- Revision for chemical kinetics experiments.
28- Revision for surface & catalysis experiments. 1 6
29- Final exam for chemical kinetics experiments.
30- Final exam for surface & catalysis experiments. 1 6
![Page 297: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/297.jpg)
Total 15 90
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours - - - 90 30 90 120
Credit - - - 2 - 2 4.8
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1
Recognize various techniques used in the
experiments of chemical kinetics and surface &
catalysis.
Lecture and lab
demonstrations
Lab reports, mid-term
exams, final exams
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain different parameters for surface and
catalysis experiments.
Discussion and small
groups work
Lab reports, mid-term
exams, final exams
2.2 Calculate different parameters related to elementary
chemical kinetics.
Discussion and small
groups work
Lab reports, mid-term
exams, final exams
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Analyze different situations and problems. Small group work, lab
demonstrations Lab reports
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different
websites of physical chemistry Research activity Group reports.
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 Demonstrate safety procedure for dealing with
devices, several glass wears for performing
different experiments & manipulating studying Lab demonstrations
lab reports & midterm
exams & final exams.
![Page 298: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/298.jpg)
data (tables, diagrams, figures).
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1 5.1
1.1
2.1
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Lab reports and class activities Each Lab 25%
2
Midterm exam (practical 20%+ sheet 5%) 6 25%
3 Final exam (practical 40%+ sheet 10%) 15 50%
4 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
Each faculty member is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hours per week for
students 'consultation and academic advice.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
Julio De Paula and Peter Atkins, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 978-
0199697403. 2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
a. Journal of Physical chemistry.
b. Transition metal chemistry Journal.
c. International Journal of chemical kinetics. 3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
Any Physical chemistry text book for laboratory.
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
![Page 299: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/299.jpg)
a. http://chemed.chem.purdue.edu/genchem/topicreview/bp/ch22/rateframe.html
b. http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/ 5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software.
a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
b. Materials available on the lecture's home page.
c. Lab manual.
F. Facilities Required Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in classrooms
and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)
Lab. containing computerized instruments for kinetic chemistry and surface& catalysis experiments. 2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)
Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet connection
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list)
Spectrophotometer
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
a. Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process that used for course.
b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire. 2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.
c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
b. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
c. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching
staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at
another institution)
Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for improvement.
a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
![Page 300: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/300.jpg)
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Reda Abdel Hameed Abdelghany
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 301: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/301.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Colloid Chemistry – CHEM 468
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 302: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/302.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: : 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Colloid Chemistry - CHEM 468
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male branch: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Female branch: Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 368
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 303: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/303.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course, students will be:
Taught the various types of dispersion systems, properties and preparations of colloidal systems, the
factors affecting the stability of colloids, the surfactant aggregation and emulsions.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
i. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
j. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
k. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
l. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The goal of this course is to understand colloids, their classification and preparation, kinetic
properties, optical and electrokinetic properties, colloid stability and application of colloids.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction
What are colloids?
Lyophilic and lyophobic sols or colloids
1 2
Characteristics of lyophilic and lyophobic sols 1 2
Preparation of sols:
Dispersion methods
Aggregation methods
1 2
Purification of sols: dialysis, electrodialysis and ultrafiltration 1 2
Optical properties of sols: Tyndall effect
Kinetic properties of sols: Brownian movement 2 4
Electrical properties of sols: Electrophoresis 1 2
Gold number
Stability of sols 1 2
Associated colloids:
Cleansing action of soaps and detergents 2 4
Emulsions 1 2
What are gels? 1 2
Applications of colloids 2 4
Determination of molecular weights of macromolecules 1 2
Total 15 30
![Page 304: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/304.jpg)
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge 1.1 Recognize the various types of colloidal systems. Lecture and discussion. Major I, Final Exam 1.2 State different methods of preparation and/or
purification of colloidal dispersions. Lecture and discussion.
Major I, Final Exam
1.3 Outline the properties and/or applications of
colloids. Lecture and discussion.
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Write five points of difference between lyophobic
and lyophilic colloids. Lecture and discussion.
Major I, Final Exam
2.2 Explain the origin of charge on sol particles and
the stability of colloid. Lecture and discussion.
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam 2.3 Compare between elastic and non-elastic gels. Lecture and discussion. Major II, Final Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Show the ability to work in-group. Small group work Homework
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different
websites of colloids. Research activity Group reports
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
None
![Page 305: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/305.jpg)
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.1 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group report) Each chapter 10%
2 Major I exam. Around 6th -
7th 20%
3 Major II exam. Around 11th
-12th week 20%
4 Final exam. As scheduled
on the banner 50%
5 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
e. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
f. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and
career advice, and general counseling.
![Page 306: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/306.jpg)
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
a. A. Bahl, B.S. Bahl and G.D. Tuli, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, 19th Edition, 2012. ISBN:
978-8121929783.
b. Colloid Science; Principles, Methods and Applications, 2nd Edition, Terence Cosgrove (Editor),
Publisher: Willy-Blackwell , 2010. ISBN: 978-1-4443-2019-0
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
a. Journal of material chemistry and physics.
b. Journal of surface science.
c. Journal of colloid and interface science.
d. Journal of physical chemical.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Introduction to Colloid and Surface Chemistry (Fourth Edition), edited by Duncan J. Shaw,
Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 1992, ISBN: 978-0-08-050910-5.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
http://www.chm.bris.ac.uk/webprojects2002/pdavies/
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
f. Power point prepared by the course instructor.
g. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
x. Data show.
y. Smart Board.
z. Computer and internet connection.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
NA
![Page 307: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/307.jpg)
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
e. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
f. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching strategies.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
h. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field.
i. Peer consultation on teaching.
j. Discussions within the group of faculty members teaching the same course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
d. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of the course evaluation.
e. Workshop given by experts on modern teaching methodologies.
f. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
g. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be
approved by the departmental and higher councils.
h. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
i. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 308: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/308.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation &Assessment
Heterocyclic Chemistry– CHEM 470
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 309: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/309.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution : University of Hail Date of Report:
18/12/2016
College/Department : Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Heterocyclic chemistry– CHEM 470
2. Credit hours : 2 hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered.
(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)
Chemistry program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course :
Male : Dr. Ahmed Hussien Shamroukh
5. Level/year at which this course is offered :7th level/ 4thyear
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :
CHEM 371- Organic Reaction Mechanism and CHEM 376- Organic Spectroscopy
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
8. Location if not on main campus : N/A
9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. e-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
√ 100%
![Page 310: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/310.jpg)
B Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be:
• Taught the basic concepts of Heterocyclic chemistry effectively
• Given the structure and nomenclature of heterocyclic compounds (five and six
membered ring)
• Given the synthesis of heterocyclic compounds (five and six membered ring).
• Taught the physical properties and chemical reactions of heterocyclic
compounds(five and six membered ring)
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as
a result of new research in the field)
• The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be
accessed by the students enrolled in the course only
• Using models of molecules and educational videos
• Utilizing various internet resources that offer informative details to support the lecture
course material.
• Tutorial, reading assignments will be considered to enrich the scope of the course.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or
handbook)
Course Description:
This course covers the systematic nomenclature of heterocycles, five and six membered rings with
one heteroatom, i.e. pyrroles, furans, thiophenes, pyridines and Their benzo derivatives. Synthesis,
reactions, physical and chemical properties. Five and six membered rings with two heteroatom, i.e.
diazoles, oxazoles, thiazoles diazines, oxazines, thiazines. Five and six membered rings with three
and more heteroatoms: triazoles triazines, tetrazines, oxadiazines and oxathiazines.
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
Chapter One: Introduction
1- Aromatic and Non-aromatic Heterocyclic Systems
2- Systematic Nomenclature
2
4
![Page 311: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/311.jpg)
Chapter Two:
Five-membered Ring Systems with One Heteroatom: Pyrroles,
Furans, Thiophenes and Their Benzo Derivatives.
3
6
Chapter Three:
Five-membered Ring Systems with Two Heteroatoms: Diazoles,
Oxazoles, Thiazoles and Their Benzo Derivatives.
2
4
Chapter Four:
Five-membered Ring Systems with Three and More Heteroatoms:
Triazoles and Their Benzo Derivatives. Tetrazoles, Oxadiazoles
2
4
Chapter Five:
Six-membered Ring Systems with One Heteroatom: Pyridines and
Their Benzo Derivatives, Pyrilium and Thiopyrilium Salts.
2
4
Chapter Six:
Six-membered Ring Systems with Two Heteroatoms: Diazines,
Oxazines, Thiazines.
2
4
Chapter Seven:
Six-membered Ring Systems with Three and More
Heteroatoms:Triazines, Tetrazines, Oxadiazines and Oxathiazines.
2
4
Total 15 30(Lecture)
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial
Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week. Non
![Page 312: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/312.jpg)
Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
1.1 Describe an aromatic and non-aromatic
heterocyclic compound.
Lecture Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
1.2 Record the name of heterocyclic rings, physical
properties and the reaction of heterocyclic
compounds(five and Six membered ring)
Lecture Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
1.3
.
Write synthesis of heterocyclic
compounds(five and six membered ring
Lecture
Small group discussion
Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
2.0 Cognitive Skills
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
2.1 Explain the physical properties and the
reactivity of heterocyclic compounds (five and
Six membered ring)
Brainstorming
Small group discussion
Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
2.2 Prepare some heterocyclic compounds (five
and Six membered ring)
Lecture
small group work
Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
3.1 Prepare any heterocyclic compounds by
selecting appropriate procedure.
Small group discussion Exam (2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam
3.2 Show the ability to work in-group. Small group work
Homework and group
reports
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
4.1 Online Researching on heterocyclic
compounds (five and Six membered ring)
Research activities Group report
5.0 Psychomotor
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
5.1
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.2 3.3 3.2 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
![Page 313: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/313.jpg)
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
3.2 √
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Class activates (in class quizzes , homework and group report) weekly 10%
2
Major exams I Within the sixth week
20%
3
Major exams II Within the Tenth week
20%
5
Final exam As scheduled
by the registrar
50%
Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations
and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each
week)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for
students’ consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the
students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
• Heterocyclic Chemistry, 3rd Ed. (1997), T. L. Gilchrist, Prentice Hall- ISBN-10:
0582278430, ISBN-13: 978-05822784Joule, J. A.; Mills, K.; Heterocyclic chemistry; 4th
ed.; Blackwell Science: Oxford, 2000.
• Eicher, T.; Hauptmann, S. The chemistry of heterocycles; 2nd ed.; Thieme: Stuttgart, 2003
![Page 314: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/314.jpg)
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
• A Textbook of Organic Chemistry, A. Bahl and B. S. Bahl, S. CHAND, 2004
• Organic Chemistry, 8ed., T.W. GraharmSolmons and Carig B. Fryhle, Wiley International
Edition, 2004, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
• Katritzky, A. R.; Pozharskii, A. F. Handbook of heterocyclic chemistry; 2nd ed.;
Pergamon: Oxford,2000.
• Helv. Chim. Acta
• Tetrahedron Letters
• J. Org. Chem.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
• Chem. Rev. Journal
• Journal of Medicinal Chemistry
4. List Electronic Materials(eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
• www.organicwordwide.net
• http://www.chemistry.com
• http://www.orgsyn.org
• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/
• www.chemweb.com
• http://www.newagepublishers.com/samplechapter/001122
• http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query-Organic+chemistry&aq=f
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or
regulations and software. • Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number
of seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)
• Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or
attach list)
All the instruments, glassware and chemicals as mentioned in the laboratory manual.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
![Page 315: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/315.jpg)
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process that used for course.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
23. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
24. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
25. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
26. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course
evaluation
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and
remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically checked using measuring
forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are
approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which
is reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the
proposed changes
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ahmed Hussien Shamroukh
Signature: __________________________Report Completed Date: ____________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: _____________________________Date Received:__________________________
![Page 316: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/316.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Natural Products Chemistry – CHEM 473
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 317: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/317.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 13/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Natural Products Chemistry / CHEM 473
2. Credit hours: 2hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 7 / 4th year (Elective course)
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):
Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to
power point representation and add to blackboard.
B. Objectives
![Page 318: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/318.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be:
• Taught the material relating to chemical aspects of natural products.
• Given some of the most important classes of natural products.
• Taught the isolation, extraction, purification methods of in plants and animal kingdom.
• Develop the chemical methods, analytical and spectroscopic techniques used in identification of natural
products.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the
students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.
• Using an educational videos
• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
Chemistry of natural products deals mainly with the isolation, extraction, purification
and identification of chemical constituents in plants and animal kingdom. Also, it is
concerned with the elucidation of structures of unknown compounds using different
chemical and physical techniques possible. It is important here, to have an idea about
the procedure of extractions and the methods of separation as well as the methods of
determination of structures used in natural products chemistry.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
![Page 319: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/319.jpg)
Chapter1: Introduction
1.1. Introduction of Natural Products
1.2.Classification of Natural Products
1.3. Isolation and Separation Techniques a. Chromatographic methods
b. Gas Liquid Chromatography
c. Thin Layer Chromatography
d. High Performance Liquid Chromatography
3 6
Chapter2: Terpens and Terpenoids
2.1. Introduction
2.1.1.Classification
2.1.2.Biosynthesis
2.1.3.Monotrpenoids
2.1.3.1.Myrcene
2.1.3.2.Citral
2.1.3.3.Geraniol
2.1.3.4.Menthol
2.2. Sesquiterpinoids
2.3. Diterpenoids
3 6
Chapter 3: Steroids and Sterols
3.1. Introduction of steroid
3.2. Nomenclature of steroid
3.3. Configuration and Conformation of Steroids
3.4. Biosynthesis of Steroids
3.5. Classification of sterols
3.6. Cholesterol
3.7. Vitamin D group
3.8. Bile acids
3.9. Sex Hormones 3.10. Adrenocortical Hormones (Cortisone)
3 6
Chapter 4: Alkaloids
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Classification
4.3. Nomenclature
4.4. Pharmaceutical applications
4.5. Isolation
• Papavarin
• Morphine
• Quinines
4.6. Heterocyclic alkaloids
-Tobacco (Nicotine)
-Tropane Alkaloids
Atropine
Cocaine
- Purine alkaloids
4 8
![Page 320: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/320.jpg)
Chapter 5: Flavonoids
5.1. Introduction
5.2. Classcification of flavonoids
5.3. Isolation of flavonoids
5.4. Determination of structure of flavonoids
2 4
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Identify the principle involved in modern techniques to Identify, analyze and estimate natural products
lecture, Brainstorming ,
Lecture
Major I, Final Exam
![Page 321: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/321.jpg)
1.2 Define the properties and chemistry of natural
products.
lecture, Brainstorming , Major I, Final Exam
1.3 Write the chemical reactions for the synthesis of various natural products
lecture, Brainstorming Major II, Final Exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Apply qualitative and quantitative methods for assay of
different classes of natural products. Brainstorming,
Discussion, lecture,
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
2.2 Analyze data obtained from experiments and establish their chemical structures.
Brainstorming , lecture
by using power point
presentation
Major II, Final Exam
2.3 Designing and Determining the structure of
unknown natural products
Brainstorming ,
Lecture by using power
point presentation
Major I, Major II, Final
Exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Perform different techniques procedures in the
analysis of active constituents of natural products.
Brainstorming, lecture,
group discussion
Major II, Final Exam
Homework and group
reports
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different
websites of natural products chemistry Research activity Group reports
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 N.A N.A N.A
5.2
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
2.3
3.1 √
4.1 √
![Page 322: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/322.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class ( in class quizzes, homework, group report) Each
chapter
10%
2
Major exams I Around 6th
-7th
20%
3 Major exams II Around 11th
-12th week
20%
4 Final exam As
scheduled
on the
banner
50%
5 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Chemistry of Natural Products, Bhat, Sujata V., Nagasampagi, Bhimsen A., Sivakumar, Meenakshi Jointly published
with Narosa Publishing House 2013, XXXI, 840 p., Hardcover ISBN: 978-3-540-40669-3
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Natural Products Isolation / Edition 2 by: Satyajit D. Sarker (Editor) ISBN: 1588294471
ISBN-13: 9781588294470
eISBN: 9781592599554
PUB. DATE: 2010
PUBLISHER: Springer-Verlag New York, LLC
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
- Fenton, DE 1999, Biocoordination Chemistry, OUP, Oxford.
- Herz, W (ed) 1999, Progress in the Chemistry of Organic Natural Products, Springer-Verlag, Wien. (ISBN
3211832645)
![Page 323: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/323.jpg)
- Milner, P (ed) 1999, High Resolution Chromatography, Oxford University Press, Oxford. (ISBN 0-
199636494)
- Patrick, GL 2001, An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry, 2nd edn, Oxford University Press, Oxford. (ISBN
0-198505337)
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
NA.
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page and blackboard
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.
• Computer and internet connection.
• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Data show, Smart Board, software
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
![Page 324: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/324.jpg)
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
27. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
28. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
29. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
30. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported
to the course instructor officially through the department
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes
Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________
Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _13/12/2016_
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 325: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/325.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Advanced Organic Synthesis – CHEM 476
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 326: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/326.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: : College of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Advanced Organic Synthesis – CHEM 476
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
Chemistry program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level/ 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 274 – Organic Chemistry II
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 327: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/327.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The course aims to give the general principles of the methods for preparation of some organic
compounds through disconnection approach.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the
students enrolled in the course only.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
Brief overview of the principles of organic synthesis (retro-synthetic analysis & selectivity). This is
followed by a many ways of making each type of molecule starting with simple aromatic and aliphatic
compounds with one functional group and progressing to molecules with many functional groups.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter 1: The Disconnection Approach
1 2
Chapter 2: Basic Principles: Synthones and Reagents Synthesis of
Aromatic Compounds
2 4
Chapter 3: One-Group C-X Disconnections
2 4
Chapter 4: Two-Group C-X Disconnections
2 4
Chapter 5: One-Group C-C Disconnections I: Alcohols
2 4
Chapter 6: One-Group C-C Disconnections II: Carbonyl Compounds
2 4
Chapter 7: Two-Group Disconnections I: Diels-Alder Reactions
2 4
Chapter 8: Two-Group Disconnections II: 1,3-Difunctionalized
Compounds and α, β-unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds
1 2
![Page 328: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/328.jpg)
Revision 1 2
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Stu io
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Describe the retro synthesis of any target
molecule
Lecture Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
1.2 Analysis and write proposal mechanism
synthesis of a target molecule
Lecture Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
1 hour
![Page 329: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/329.jpg)
1.3 Introduce the meaning of synthons ,reagents,
FGI, FGA
Lecture Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain how and where to do the disconnection
between C-C and C-N
Lecture Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
2.2 Study the different types of disconnection (1,1-
disc; 1,2-disc; 1,3 –disc and two group of C-C
disconnections I (retro-Diels Alder reaction)
Lecture Exam(2majors +
Quizzes+ final exam)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Practical work in the lecture how they analysis
and to write the synthesis of a target molecules
Lecture Solving problems in the
smart board
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on advance organic
synthesis
research activities small research projects
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 None
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 4.1
1.1 ν ν ν
2.3 ν ν ν
3.3 ν ν
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework) weekly 10%
2
Major 1 Exam Within the
sixth week
20%
3 Major 2 Exam Within the
Tenth week
20%
4 Final Exam As
scheduled
by the
50%
![Page 330: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/330.jpg)
registrar
5 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
• Each faculty member is required to be available in his office 21 hrs/week to devote, for students’
consultation and academic advice.
• In the end of each lecture, I required to devote 20 -30 min/week for helping the students to solve certain
difficulty in the exercises.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Organic Synthesis: The Disconnection Approach Stuart Warren, Paul Wyatt Publisher: Wiley; 2nd edition
(January 14, 2009) ISBN-10: 0470712368 ISBN-13: 978-0470712368
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
• Tetrahedron Letters
• J. Org. Chem.
• Eur. J. Org. Chem
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
• www.organicwordwide.net
• http://www.chemistry.com
• http://www.orgsyn.org
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.
• Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.
• Materials available on the course teacher 's home page
F. Facilities Required
![Page 331: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/331.jpg)
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• Good functionality of smart board
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
• Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
• Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported
to the course instructor officially through the department.
![Page 332: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/332.jpg)
Name of Course Instructor: Hatem Salem Halouani
Signature: Hatem Salem Halouani Report Completion Date: 05/11/2016
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 333: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/333.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation &Assessment
Practical Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 478
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 334: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/334.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution Hail University Date of Report: 18/12/2016
College/Department : College of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Practical organic chemistry II - CHEM 478
2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)
Contact hours: 6 (Six Contact hours)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Male Branch: Dr. Ahmed H. Shamroukh, Dr. Essam Uldeen Nabih Ads
Female Branch:
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th level / 4thyear
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): -
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 470
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. e-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B Objectives
√ 100 %
![Page 335: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/335.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be to:-
Familiarize with techniques commonly used in the practical organic chemistry; Synthesis, purification,
separation, isolation, calculation the theoretical yield and the percent yield, characterization of
synthesized products with physical means.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in
the field)
The plan to develop the course is as follows:
9- Explain strategy of the course in the beginning of the semester.
10- Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the
laboratory course material.
11- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
12- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or
handbook)
Course Description:
The course emphasizes the practical of organic chemistry. Experiments include
theoretical and experimental; Synthesis, separation, and calculation the theoretical
yield and the percent yield for each compound synthesized. We characterized by
measuring the melting point and the recrystallization.
1. Topics to be covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Separation of A Mixture.
Physical separation method
Chemical separation method
1
6
Experiments 1: Separation and identification of binary organic mixtures (acid-acid)
Experiment 2: Separation and identification of
binary organic mixtures(acid- base) 1 6
![Page 336: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/336.jpg)
Experiment 3: Separation and identification of binary
organic mixture (acid- neutral)
Experiment 4: Separation and identification of binary
organic mixture (acid-phenol) 1 6
Experiments 5: Separation and identification of binary
organic mixtures (base-neutral)
Experiments 6: Separation and identification of
binary organic mixtures (Base-Phenol): 1 6
Experiment 7: Synthesis of Acetylsalicylic acid (Aspirin) and characterization
Experiment 8: Synthesis of acetanilide and characterization
1 6
Experiment 9: Synthesis of Phthalimide and Characterization
Experimanient 10: Synthesis of Dibenzal acetone and Characterization 1 6
Experiment 11: [4+2] cycloaddition reactions and charaterization
Experiment 12: SYNTHESIS OF SOAP
1 6
Experiment 13: THE SYNTHESIS OF ESTERS
Experiment 14: Synthesis of Hexahydro-1,3,5-tri-p-tolyl-s-triazine 1 6
Experiment 15: Synthesis of 2,3-diphenylquinoxaline 1 6
Experiment 16: Synthesis of 5,5-Diphenylhydantoin 1 6
Experiment 17: Synthesis of benzimidazole 1 6
Experiment 18: Synthesis of Benzotriazole 1 6
Experiment 19: Synthesis of 3-Methyl-1-phenyl-5-pyrazolone 1 6
Experiment 20: Synthesis of Barbituric Acid 1 6
Experiment 21: Synthesis of 6-Phenyl-4,5-dihydro-pyridazin-3-ol 1 6
Total 15 90
![Page 337: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/337.jpg)
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours - - 90 - 30 90 120
Credit - - 2 - - 2 4.8
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and
align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment
methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome,
assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated
learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each
domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Recognize the various technique
commonly used in the synthesis,
separation, isolation and purification and
characterization of organic compounds.
lab demonstrations Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam
+ final lab exam)
1.2 Calculation the theoretical yield and the
percent yield of synthesized compounds
lab demonstrations Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam
+ final lab exam)
1.3 Characterization of synthesized products
with physical means.
lab demonstrations Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam
+ final lab exam)
2.0 Cognitive Skills
![Page 338: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/338.jpg)
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.3 2.7 4.1 5.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
4.1 √
5.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Lab. Report
weekly 25%
2 Mid exam (practical 20%+ sheet 5%) 7th week 25%
3 Final exam (practical 40%+ sheet 10%) 15th week 50%
By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Synthesis, separation, isolation and
purification of organic compounds.
lab demonstrations Exams(Quizzes +Mid lab exam
+ final lab exam)
2.2 Characterization of synthesized products
with physical means
lab demonstrations, small
groups work
Exams(Quizzes +Mid lab exam
+ final lab exam), lab reports.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Analyze different situations and problems small group work, lab
demonstrations
Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam
+ final lab exam), lab reports.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Online Researching on different topics in
different websites of organic chemistry Research activity individual and group
presentations peer and self-
evaluations 5.0 Psychomotor
By the end of this course the students will be able to :
5.1 Demonstrate safety procedure for
dealing with devices, several glass
wears for performing different
experiments.
lab demonstrations
lab reports & Lab exams
![Page 339: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/339.jpg)
Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
e. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
f. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career
advice, and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks
Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, by Vogel, Arthur I.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
- 5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and
software.
13- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
14- Materials available on the lecture's home page
15- Lab manual
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)
Lab. containing computerized instruments for kinetic chemistry and surface and catalysis
experiments.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)
Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach
list)
![Page 340: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/340.jpg)
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and
disadvantages of the teaching process that used for course.
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire. 2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
4- Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
5- Periodical evaluation of the course by the department 6- Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching
1) The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation
2) Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
3) Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field. 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a
sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ahmed H. Shamroukh, Dr. Essam Uldeen Nabih Ads
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring
forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are
approved in the departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which
is reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
![Page 341: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/341.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Petrochemicals – CHEM 479
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 342: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/342.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 13/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Petrochemicals / CHEM 479
2. Credit hours: 2hours
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 7 / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):
Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to
power point representation and add to blackboard.
B. Objectives
![Page 343: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/343.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the students will be:
• To instill in students a history, occurrence and recovery of petroleum, including terminology and
classification for petroleum, recovery and transportation.
• To provide students with knowledge about composition, analysis and evaluations of petroleum and
skills base from which they can proceed to further studies in specialized areas of petroleum industry
and environment.
• To generate in students an appreciation of the importance of thermal chemistry of petroleum, heavy
oil upgrading ,thermal catalytic cracking , petroleum industries in an economic, environmental and
social context.
• To provide students with knowledge about the importance of petroleum in our daily life
• Taught the petrochemicals and its applications
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the
students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.
• Using an educational videos
• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
To provide an overview of natural gas, oil importance, properties, its origin and structure, methods of
petrochemical production, chemistry of industrial fibers, brief on local chemical industries, used technology
in manufacturing polyethylene’s, polystyrenes and PVC.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter1: introduction and history of petroleum
• Theory of Petroleum and gas formation
• Type of Petroleum Reservoirs.
• Exploration and discovery
• Drilling
2 4
![Page 344: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/344.jpg)
Chapter 2: Crude oil
• Crude oil composition ,classification and important of petroleum
• Quality control of Crude oil and petroleum products
2 4
Chapter 3: Petroleum storage and mechanism of its formation
2 4
Chapter 4: Crude oil and refining
• Petroleum refining Methods.
- Separation Process
- Conversion Process
- Finishing Process(Removal of impurities)
2 4
Chapter 5: Petrochemicals
• Goal of oil refining
• Refining operations
• Ethyleve Stream
• Propylene Stream
• Butene-Butadiene Stream
• Pyrolysis gasoline- hydrogenation
• Aromatic in Petrochemicals
2 4
Chapter 6: Petrochemicals
• Hydrocarbon Intermediates
• Paraffinic Hydrocarbon
• Olifinic Hydrocarbon production and Dienes
• Aromatic Hydrocarbon and its extractions
• Liquid Petroleum fractions and residues
• Carbon black
2 4
![Page 345: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/345.jpg)
Chapter 7 :Petrochemicals
• Synthesis gas and chemicals.
• Uses of Naphthenic acid and its salts
• Uses of Chloromethanes
• Chemicals from high molecular weight n-paraffins.
• Chemicals based on Ethylene
• Chemicals based on Propylene
3 6
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
![Page 346: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/346.jpg)
1.0 Knowledge 1.1 State the importance, occurrence, and theories of
petroleum and gas formation.
lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +
final exam)
1.2 Recognize the major activities of petroleum
exploration and drillings.
lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +
final exam)
1.3 Describe Crude Oil Composition and Analysis lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +
final exam)
1.4 Outline the refining methods for petroleum crude lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +
final exam)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Compare between thermal and catalytic cracking of
petroleum.
lecture, Discussion Exam(major II +Quizzes +
final exam)
2.2 Evaluate the petroleum crude and petroleum
products in view of quality control.
lecture, Discussion Exam(major II +Quizzes +
final exam)
2.3 Differentiate between different types of petroleum
products
lecture, Discussion Exam(major II +Quizzes +
final exam)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1
Show the ability to work in group.
Research
activity Group reports
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on petrochemicals research activities Individual and group
presentations
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 N.A N.A N.A
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.2 4.1 1.1 √ 1.2 √ 1.3 √ 1.4 √ 2.1 √ 2.2 √ 2.3 √
3.1 √
![Page 347: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/347.jpg)
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class ( in class quizzes, homework, group report , small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)
weekly 10%
2
Major exams I Within the sixth week
20%
3 Major exams II Within the
Tenth week 20%
4 Final exam As
scheduled by the
registrar
50%
5 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
a- U. R. Chaudhuri, Fundamentals of petroleum and petrochemical engineering, Boca
Raton, CRC Press, 2011, ISBN: 1439851603.
b- Petroleum Chemistry and Refining JAMES G. SPEIGHT (Author) ISBN-: 1-56032-587-9
c - The Chemistry and Technology of Petroleum , (2007), 4th EditionISBN- 10: 0-8493-9067-2 (James G. Speight).
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Journal of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering.
![Page 348: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/348.jpg)
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Journal of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
• http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Petroleum
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page and blackboard
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.
• Data Show (overhead projector).
• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.
• Computer and internet connection.
• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Data show, Smart Board, software
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.
• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.
• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field
• Peer consultation on teaching
• Departmental council discussions
• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
![Page 349: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/349.jpg)
31. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field
32. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
33. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
34. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported
to the course instructor officially through the department
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes
Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________
Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _13/12/2016_
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 350: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/350.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Applied Inorganic Chemistry - CHEM 480
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 351: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/351.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Applied Inorganic Chemistry (CHEM 480)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Emad A. Mowafy
Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th Level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 352: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/352.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the student should be:
1. Studied the basic concepts of structure, physical and chemical properties of inorganic materials that
are relevant for real world applications.
2. Studied the major chemical processes and equipment used for extraction of major commercial
inorganic materials used in society.
3. Studied the main applications for developed inorganic materials such as some types of ceramics,
layered compounds, porous materials, semiconductors
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
- The contents of the course must be regularly updated to modern applications in various scientific
fields through websites and electronic libraries
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This Course is one of courses related to applied science of chemistry. The student
studies the factors affecting the production of different chemicals.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter 1: Introduction
1- Introduction: Overview of the applied chemical processes and
primary raw materials
2 2
Chapter 2: Metallurgical Processes
1- Extraction, purification and refinement of metals from their ores and
some symbols of equipment
3 3
Chapter 3: The production methods of inorganic material:
1- The production methods of main inorganic material such as iron,
aluminum, tungsten, and titanium and the effect of these methods on
environment.
2 2
![Page 353: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/353.jpg)
Chapter 4: Production of glass and Kaolin:
1- Types and methods of production of glass
2- Types and methods of production of Kaolins and ceramics
2 2
Chapter 5: Crystal structure and properties of various inorganic
minerals
2 2
Chapter 6: Chemistry and application of graphite and fullerenes 2 2
Chapter 7: Chemistry and application of zeolite 2 2
Total 15 15
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 15 - 45 - 30 60 90
Credit 1 - 1 - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
0
![Page 354: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/354.jpg)
1.1 Define the main physical and chemical
properties of inorganic materials
Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 Describe the different methods used for
production of inorganic materials
Lectures, Lab
Experiments
Exams (Majors + Final)
1.3 Outline the main application of some inorganic
materials such as graphite, fullerenes, zeolite,
and ceramics.
Lectures, Group
discussions
Exams (Majors + Final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Compare between the different methods used
for industrial production
Lectures, problems
strategy
Exams (Majors + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
NA
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
NA
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 Draws some of the equipment frequently used
in the production of inorganic materials
Lectures Exams (Majors + Final)
5.2 Perform some practical experiments Lab Experiments Lab report + Lab exam
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 1.6 2.4 5.2
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
5.1
5.2
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Lab report weekly 10%
2 Major 1 Exam 7th week 10%
![Page 355: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/355.jpg)
3 Practical Lab mid exam 7th week 10%
4 Major 2 Exam 12th week 10%
5 Practical lab final exam 15th week 15%
6 Theoretical lab final exam Scheduled by
the register
15%
7 Final exam Scheduled by
the register
30%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
2 hours / week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
1- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine E, Houscroft and Alan G. Sharpe, Third edition , Pearson
education limited, ISBN : 978-0-13-175553-6
2- Inorganic Chemistry (5TH 11) by Duward Shriver, ISBN10: 1429218207, ISBN13:
9781429218207, Publisher: W.H. Freeman
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
![Page 356: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/356.jpg)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet
connection
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to
the instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods
- Attending teachers' meetings
- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the
departmental and higher councils.
(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
![Page 357: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/357.jpg)
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Emad A. Mowafy
Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___06/11/2016___
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 358: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/358.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry - CHEM 483
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 359: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/359.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry (CHEM 483)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Male: Dr/ Emad Mowafy
Female: Dr/ Dina El-Naggar
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8 level/4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemistry of Main Group Elements (CHEM 286)
Chemical Kinetics (368)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 360: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/360.jpg)
3. What is the main purpose for this course?
Provide the student with conceptual, fundamental knowledge and skills of the following:
• Taught the fundamental concepts of radiation and nuclear chemistry.
• Taught the natural and artificial radioactive material.
• Taught the nuclear reaction (fission and fusion) and application of radiation/ nuclear
energy.
• Differentiate between active mater and inactive one
• Taught how Participate in radiation safety policies, strategies and planning
4. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in
the field)
• Using of smart board and projector (power point program) to represent all lecturers
• Electronic materials (soft copy from teaching materials) will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
• The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: An introduction to nuclear and radiochemistry stressing the fundamentals of
nuclear structure, systematic of nuclear decay, the detection and measurement of radiation, radiation
protection, and the role of nuclear chemistry in medical, environmental and scientific applications.
The nuclear fuel cycle and nuclear waste problems.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter 1 Introduction of nuclear and radiation chemistry
- Definitions, Terms, Sources of Ionizing Radiation
– Radiation Chemistry vs Photochemistry
– Nuclear Chemistry and Radiochemistry
– Radioactive decay, Half-life, First order reaction, Source strength
-Kintentic of radioactive decay
– Alpha, beta, gamma-radiation, x-rays, high-energy particles
2.5 5
![Page 361: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/361.jpg)
Chapter 2 Nuclear reactions
-. Introduction
- Fission reaction
- fusion reaction
- Accelerators, Synchrotron
- Isotopes.
2.5 5
Chapter 3 Nuclear reactors
- How nuclear reactor works
– Different reactor designs – e.g.PHWR, BWR, ..
– Fuel, Coolant, Moderator, pressure vessel vs pressure tubes
– Fission, fission products, neutron activation productsl)
2 4
Chapter 4 Initial interaction with matters
- Charged particles .. vs. Photons
– Bremsstrahlung radiation, inelastic and elastic collision.
– Biological effects of radiation
– Water radiolysis.
2 4
Chapter 5 Dosimetry units
- Introduction
- Units and Measurments
- Radiation Protection
- Safety
2 4
Chapter 6 Applications of Nuclear Technologies(agriclture, medicine,
inidusties, energy)
– Nuclear reactor system chemistry and materials
– Metal Clusters and nanomaterials – important catalysis
– Wastewater remediation – Advanced oxidation processes (AOPs)
– High performance polymeric materials by irradiation
– Radio-sterilization of drugs
– Food irradiation
– Radiotherapy
– Energy
2.5 5
Chapter 7 Nuclear waste 1.5 3
Total 15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
![Page 362: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/362.jpg)
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Define the fundamental concepts of radiation
and nuclear chemistry.
Lecture, discussion Exams (Majors + Final)
1.2 Demonstrate Nuclear reactors- and How
nuclear reactor works, Biological effect or
radiation
Lecture, discussion Exams (Majors + Final)
1.3 Describe the Applications of nuclear
technologies and its uses (agriculture,
medicine, industries, energy.
Lecture, discussion Exams (Majors + Final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Differentiate between radiation and nuclear
chemistry
Lecture, discussion Exam (Majors + Final)
2.2 Explain the initial interaction with matters,
biological effects of radiation- water radiolysis.
Lecture, discussion Exam (Majors + Final)
2.3 Summarize the applications of Nuclear
Technologies and nuclear waste
Lecture, discussion Exam (Majors + Final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Show the ability to work in-group. Lecture, discussion,
small group work
Group reports and
quizzes
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
0
![Page 363: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/363.jpg)
4.1 Researching on internet about nuclear and
radiation chemistry.
Research activities Small project by
individual or group
presentations
5.0
Psychomotor
NA NA NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.1
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
First major exam 6 20%
2
Second major exam 12 20%
3 Group presentations, quizzes and group reports Periodically 10%
4 Final exam 15 50%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
2 hours / week
E. Learning Resources
![Page 364: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/364.jpg)
5. List Required Textbooks:
G. Choppin, J. Rydbrg and J. Liljenzin, Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry, 3rd Edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann, USA, 2001. ISBN-13: 978-0750674638
6. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
J. radiochimca Acta
J. Radioanal. & Nucl. Chem
J. Radiochemistry
J. Nucl. Chem.
7. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry, Third Edition (Hardcover)
8. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
NA
9. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
• Power point • Materials available on the lecture's home page
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
3. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
• 7 x7 m class room (smart classroom)
• No. of seats = 25
4. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Computers
• Smart classroom
• Internet
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
NA
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
![Page 365: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/365.jpg)
4. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
5. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to
the instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.
6. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
- Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods
- Attending teachers' meetings
- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms
approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental
and higher councils.
(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Emad Mowafy
Dr. Dina Al –Naggar
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 6-11-2016
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
![Page 366: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/366.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Bioinorganic Chemistry - CHEM 487
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 367: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/367.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 07/02/2017
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Bioinorganic Chemistry (CHEM 487)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
BSc Chemistry Program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hussein Mohamed Elsagher
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to
power point representation.
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 368: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/368.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be able to:
1) Understand the metal function in biological systems.
2) Understand the uptake, transport and storage of metal ions in biological systems
3) Understand the electron-transfer systems, oxygen transport/activation, nitrogen fixation
4) Understand the role of bioinorganic chemistry in medicine.
5) Understand the toxicity of heavy metals and the treatment.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
13- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
14- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
15- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course will give an overview of biological inorganic chemistry and focus on
the uptake, transport and storage of metal ions, electron-transfer systems, oxygen
transport/activation, nitrogen fixation, bioinorganic Chemistry in medicine, toxicity of inorganic
systems.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Introduction and background concepts in coordination chemistry
1 2
Basics of bioinorganic chemistry
1 2
Hard ions: Na+, K+, Mg2+, Ca2+, function, extra- and intra-cellular
concentrations
2 4
Biometals and common oxidation states
1 2
Metal uptake/storage
1 2
![Page 369: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/369.jpg)
Enzymes Classified by Metal Centers: a few examples
1 2
Dioxygen transport, storage and activation
1 2
Coordination for uptake, transport and storage (Fe)
2 4
Major iron-containing proteins
1 2
Hemoglobin and myoglobin
1 2
Biomineralization and photosynthesis
1 2
Fixation of nitrogen
1 2
Chelation therapy
1 2
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
0
![Page 370: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/370.jpg)
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Tell about the metal functions in biological
systems
- Lectures and
discussions
Exams (Majors + final)
1.2 Define the uptake, transport and storage of
metal ions in biological systems
1.3 Recognize the phenomena of electron-transfer
systems, oxygen transport/activation and
nitrogen fixation
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain the function of bioinorganic chemistry
in biological systems.
- Lectures and
discussions
Exams (Majors + final)
2.2 Summarize the metal toxicity and Chelation
therapy and the role of bioinorganic chemistry
in medicine.
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 NA
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online Researching on bioinorganic chemistry Discussions and
research activity
Homework, quizzes and
reports
5.0
Psychomotor
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.6 2.2 2.4 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
![Page 371: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/371.jpg)
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activates (homework, quizzes and reports) Weekly 10%
2
Major exams I 6th 20%
3 Major exams II 12th 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
At least 6 hours/week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)
ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6
- Bioinorganic Chemistry, Ei-Ichiro Ochiai, Elsevier publisher, ISBN: 978-0-12-088756-9 ISBN10:
0-12-088756-8
- Bioinorganic Chemistry Bertini, I.; Gray, H. B.; Lippard, S. J.; Valentine, J. S.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Coordination Chemistry Reviews (Journal)
Chemical Education Journal (CEJ)
Journal of Biotechnology
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
The Biological Chemistry Of The Elements: The Inorganic Chemistry Of Life by da Silva and
Williams
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
![Page 372: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/372.jpg)
http://www.hindawi.com/journals/bca/
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/book/10.1002/9781119951438
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
- Smart board
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
- Computers and internet
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process used for this course
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field
- Peer consultation on teaching
- Departmental council discussions
- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
35. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
![Page 373: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/373.jpg)
36. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
37. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is
reported to the course instructor officially through the department.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes.
Name of Course Instructor: _ Dr. Hussein Elsagher and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas____________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___07/02/2017_____
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 374: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/374.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Organometallic Chemistry - CHEM 488
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 375: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/375.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 20/11/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Organometallic Chemistry (CHEM 488)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
BSc Chemistry Program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani Pierre El Moll
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point presentation.
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 376: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/376.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with the fundamental principles of
organometallic chemistry which plays a primordial role in the catalytic processes. By completing this
course, students are expected to:
4. Understand the basic principles that govern the electronics, structure and bonding in
organometallic complexes.
5. Learn about the common organometallic compounds and their synthesis.
6. Learn about applications of organometallic chemistry including catalytic reactions
for organic synthesis and polymerization
7. Be able to give reasonable mechanisms for the most important catalytic cycles.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: Properties of organometallic compounds (18 electron rule, metal‐ metal bonding).
Chemical properties of different classes of organometallic compounds, including i. Metal Alkyls and
Hydrides. ii. Metal Carbonyls and Phosphines iii. π (pi) ligands. Reactions of organometallics,
including i. Oxidative Addition/Reductive Elimination ii. Insertion/Elimination. Applications of
organometallic chemistry, including (time permitting) i. Small molecule and C‐ H bond activation ii.
Ethylene (and other olefin) polymerization iii. Organometallic materials and polymers iv. Organic
Synthesis. Selected examples of organolanthanides and organoactinides (thorium and uranium)
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Electron Counting Formalisms, Structure and Bonding in
Organometallic Complexes
2 4
Metal Alkyls, Aryls, and Hydrides and Related σ -Bonded Ligands
2 4
Carbonyls, Phosphine Complexes
2 4
Complexes of π-Bond Ligands
2 4
![Page 377: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/377.jpg)
Ligand Substitution Reactions
1 2
Oxidative Addition and Reductive Elimination
1 2
Insertion and Elimination
1 2
Nucleophilic and Electrophilic Addition and Abstraction
2 4
Organometallic Catalysts and their applications
2 4
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
0
![Page 378: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/378.jpg)
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the principles and concepts in
organometallic chemistry
- Lecture
- Discussion
Exams (Majors + final)
1.2 Outline the basic mechanistic steps to
organometallic reactions and provide reaction
mechanisms
- Lecture
- Discussion
Exams (Majors + final)
1.3 Name important applications of organometallic
catalysis
- Lecture
- Discussion
Final exam
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain how to apply 18-electron rule to judge
the stability of organometallic complexes
- Lecture
- Discussion
Exams (Major I + final)
2.2 Conclude plausible mechanisms for important
catalytic organic reactions using
organometallic complexes
- Lecture
- Discussion
Final exam
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 NA
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Research some course topics in different
websites in the field of organometallic
chemistry
- Discussion
- Research activity
Quizzes, homework,
reports
+
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.4 4.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
![Page 379: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/379.jpg)
1
Class activates (quizzes, homework, reports) Weekly 10%
2
Major exams I 7th 20%
3 Major exams II 12th 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
At least 6 hours/week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)
ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6
- The organometallic chemistry of the transition metals, fourth edition, Robert H. Crabtree, John
wiley & sons, inc. ISBN 0-471-66256-9
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
- Journal of Organometallic Chemistry
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
- http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0022328X
- http://global.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/432186/organometallic-compound
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
- Materials available on blackboard
![Page 380: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/380.jpg)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process used for this course
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field
- Peer consultation on teaching
- Departmental council discussions
- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
38. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
39. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
40. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken
![Page 381: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/381.jpg)
are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hani P. El Moll________________________________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 28/05/2017
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 382: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/382.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Cluster Chemistry - CHEM 489
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 383: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/383.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 07/02/2017
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Cluster Chemistry (CHEM 489)
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
BSc Chemistry Program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani Pierre El Moll
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus:
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point presentation.
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 384: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/384.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The occurrence of molecular clusters, like fullerene C60, constitutes a fundamental feature midway
between the chemistry of isolated chemical compounds and that of the elements. Main features of the
Cluster Chemistry of both main group and transition metal elements are treated. Highlighting aspects
releated to the synthesis, the structure, the special bonding and the reactivity of these species. Current
Concepts in Modern Chemistry - Transition Metal Cluster Chemistry - Main Group-Transition Metal
Mixed Clusters - Cluster Compounds of the Main Group Elements - Synthetic Analogues of the Active
Sites of Iron-Sulfur Proteins will be covered.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: The occurrence of molecular clusters, like fullerene C60, constitutes a fundamental
feature midway between the chemistry of isolated chemical compounds and that of the elements. Main
features of the Cluster Chemistry of both main group and transition metal elements are treated.
Highlighting aspects releated to the synthesis, the structure, the special bonding and the reactivity of
these species. Current Concepts in Modern Chemistry - Transition Metal Cluster Chemistry - Main
Group-Transition Metal Mixed Clusters - Cluster Compounds of the Main Group Elements -
Synthetic Analogues of the Active Sites of Iron-Sulfur Proteins will be covered.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1. Introduction
1 2
2. polyhedral skeletal electron pair theory (PSEPT), Structure and
Bonding in polymetallic clusters
2 4
3. Main group clusters
3.1. Clusters of p-block elements in a ligand shell
3.2. Clusters in a ligand shell of the Heavier elements of group 13 and 14
3.3. Bare clusters of p-block elements
3 6
![Page 385: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/385.jpg)
4. Transition-Metal Cluster
4.1. Low-valent metal clusters
- Metal carbonyl clusters
- Clusters of late transition metals
4.2. High-valent metal clusters
- Halide clusters of early transition metals
3 6
5. Polynuclear compounds
5.1. Polyoxometalates and related compounds
5.2. Polynuclear compounds including supramolecular polymetallic
transition metal
3 6
6. A survey of cluster properties
6.1. Electrochemical properties
6.2. Magnetic properties
6.3. Photochromic properties
6.4. Catalytic and electro-catalytic properties
3 6
Total
15 30
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
0
![Page 386: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/386.jpg)
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the principles and concepts in
cluster chemistry
- Lecture
- Discussion
Exams (Majors + final)
1.2 Outline the basic mechanistic steps to cluster
formation
Exams (Majors + final)
1.3 Name important applications of clusters Exams (Major II + final)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain and apply the electron counting rules
to polyatomic cluster compounds
- Lecture
- Discussion
Exams (Major I + final)
2.2 Conclude the chemical transformation
mechanisms of clusters including borane
Exams (Major II + final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 NA
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Research some course topics in different
websites in the field of cluster chemistry
Research activity Homework, reports
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.4 4.1
1.1
![Page 387: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/387.jpg)
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
4.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Class activates (homework, reports) Weekly 10%
2
Major exams I 7th 20%
3 Major exams II 12th 20%
4 Final exam As scheduled
by the
registrar
50%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
At least 6 hours/week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)
ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6
- Cluster Chemistry, Guillermo Gonzalez-Moraga, (1993), ISBN: 978-3-642-85926-7
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
- Journal of Cluster Science
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
![Page 388: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/388.jpg)
- http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0022328X
- https://global.britannica.com/science/cluster-compound
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
- Materials available on blackboard
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process used for this course
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field
- Peer consultation on teaching
- Departmental council discussions
- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
41. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
42. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
43. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
![Page 389: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/389.jpg)
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken
are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: _Dr. Hani P. El Moll________________________________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___07/02/2017_____
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 390: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/390.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Chromatographic Separation Methods - CHEM 493
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 391: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/391.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Chromatographic Separation Methods - CHEM 493
2. Credit hours: 2 (1 lecture and 1 laboratory)
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: BSc Chemistry Program
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Hani Pierre El Moll
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Practical Instrumental Analysis (CHEM 394)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
B. Objectives
100%
![Page 392: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/392.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with the fundamental principles of
chromatographic separation processes used in analytical chemistry and primordial for the
purification of organic compounds. By completing this course, students are expected to:
1. Understand the theory and the practice of chromatographic separation processes
2. Select and describe the chromatographic method suitable for the separation of chemical
mixtures of various types
3. Interpret data from chromatograms
4. Be aware of the capabilities and limitations of chromatography instruments
5. Acquire independent laboratory skills
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description: This course is dedicated to students who are interested in the analytical separation
methods. It will cover the different type of chromatography as well as the different instruments
related to chromatographic analytical methods.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
1. Basic of Chromatographic techniques
3 3
2. Planar chromatography
2 2
3. Column chromatography
3 3
4. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)
3 3
5. Gas Chromatography (GC)
3 3
![Page 393: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/393.jpg)
6. Comparison of High-Performance Liquid Chromatography and
Gas Chromatography
1 1
Total 15 15
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 15 - 30 - 45 45 90
Credit 1 - 1 - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1
Recognize the basic and general concepts of
analytical separation processes using gas and
liquid chromatography.
Lecture
Discussion Exams (Majors + final +
lab exams)
2.0
Cognitive Skills
0
![Page 394: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/394.jpg)
2.1 Calculate different problems related to
chromatographic separation methods
Lecture
Discussion
Brainstorming
Exams (Majors + final+
lab exams)
2.2 Differentiate between different
chromatographic separation methods Exams (Majors + final)
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Analyze approaches for the validation of the
chromatographic separation methods
Lab demonstration
Group work
Discussion
Exam (Majors + final+
lab exams)
3.2 Interpret data from chromatographic separation
methods
Exam (Majors+ final+
lab exams)
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
NA
5.0
Psychomotor
5.1 Perform analysis in the lab on different
instruments
Lab demonstrations
Small group work Lab. work sheet (report)
and exams
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.1 2.2 3.3 5.2
1.1
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
5.1
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Lab report weekly 10%
2
Major 1 exam 7th week 10%
3 Practical Lab 1 exam 7th week 10%
4 Major 2 exam 12th week 10%
Final examination* Lab. (Practical Exam) 15th week 15%
![Page 395: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/395.jpg)
5 Lect.
(30% lecture + 15% Theoretical lab exam
Scheduled
by registrar
45%
(30% Lect + 15%
Lab)
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
At least 2 hours/week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
- Chromatographic Methods A. Braithwaite, F. J. Smith, ISBN: 978-0-7514-0158-5 (Print) 978-94-
011-0599-6 (Online) 1999, (Print ) 2001
- Principles and Practice of Modern Chromatographic Methods, K. Robards, Kevin Robards, Paul R.
Haddad, Peter E. Jackson, Academic Press, 1994, 495 pages
- Douglas A. Skoog , F. James Holler, Stanley R. Crouch, 2006, Principles of Instrumental
- Analysis, 6th edition, Brooks Cole. ISBN-10: 0495012017, ISBN-13: 978-0495012016.
- Vogel’s : Text book of quantitative chemical analysis, 5th Ed.(1989) , John Wiley and Sons, Lnc,
New York, USA.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
- Journal: UPRM-Databases; http://www.uprm.edu/library/cre/listdbsp.php?l=1&st=15&sh=15
- Journal of Instrumental Analysis
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
- Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by Francis and
AnnickRouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032
- Skoog, D.A.; Holler, F. J.; Nieman, T.A. Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6th Ed. Harcourt
Brace: Philadelphia, 2007.
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
- http://faculty.uml.edu/David_Ryan/84.314
- http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm0T
http://www.uvm.edu/~jgoldber/courses/chem221/links.html0T -
- http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm
- http://userwww.service.emory.edu/~kmurray/mslist.html
- http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm
- http://www.odyseus.nildram.co.uk/RFIC_Theory_Files/Noise_Tutorial.pdf
![Page 396: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/396.jpg)
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
- Materials available on blackboard
- Chromatography separation software, (CD of the textbook)
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.
- Data Show (overhead projector).
- Computer and internet connection.
- The chemistry lab with 15 student capacity equipped with necessary equipment, glassware
- and chemicals necessary for this course.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Data show
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
- All the instruments, glassware and chemicals and equipment relevant to the course material, Safety
facilities as mentioned in the laboratory manual
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.
- Peer consultation on teaching
- Departmental council discussions
- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course
![Page 397: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/397.jpg)
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
- Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
- Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
- Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
- Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
changes
Name of Course Instructor: _Hani P. El Moll___________________________________
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___18/12/2016_____
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 398: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/398.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Applied Analytical Chemistry - CHEM 495
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 399: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/399.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Applied analytical chemistry (CHEM 495)
2. Credit hours: 2 (1 lecture and 1 laboratory)
Contact hours: {1 Lec + 3 Lab} Each 3 lab contact hours equivalent to one credit hours.
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level seven / 4thyear
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chromatographic Separation Chemistry (CHEM 493)
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A
8. Location if not on main campus: NA
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: N/A
B. Objectives
100% √
![Page 400: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/400.jpg)
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this Course student will be:
- Taught the theoretical knowledge in sampling, sample preparation for different samples
- Given the classical analytical methods in the analysis of environmental or industrial or
natural or synthetic samples
- Given the instrumental analysis within environmental or industrial or natural or
synthetic applications
- Solve analytical problems in an independent way
- Acquire basic laboratory skills and techniques
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as
a result of new research in the field)
16- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
17- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course only.
18- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
19- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
This course intends to outline preparation and treatments of samples to analysis and explain the application
of electroanalytical, spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods on environmental samples, industrial,
natural or synthetic samples and pharmaceutical preparations.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
1. Preparation and treatments of samples to analysis. 3 3
![Page 401: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/401.jpg)
2. Application of electroanalytical methods on trace analysis of
different samples (environmental or industrial or natural or
synthetic).
3 3
3. Application of spectrophotometric methods on different samples
(environmental or industrial or natural or synthetic).
3 3
4. Application of chromatographic methods on different samples
(environmental or industrial or natural or synthetic).
3 3
5. Some titermetric and gravimetric methods for determination of some
samples.
3 3
Total 15 15
2. Topics to be Covered in Laboratory
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours
43. Introduction. 1 3
44. Spectrophotometric Determination of Fe in Water Sample using
Standard Addition Method 1 3
45. Determination of Trace Metals (Fe, Ni, Cu, Cr and Zn) in
Environment Water Samples by Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry (FAAS)
1 3
46. Determination of Cu, Ni and Zn in soil by ICP-OES 1 3
47. Determination of Pesticides (Organophosphate) in Soil Sample
using HPLC 1 3
48. Determination of Anions in Aqueous Samples using Ion
Chromatography 1 3
49. Determination of Hydrocarbons in a Sample by Gas
Chromatography (GC) 1 3
50. Determination of Organics in Ground Water using Gas
Chromatography / Mass Spectrometry 1 3
51. Determination of the Solubility Product Constant of AgCl 1 3
52. Determination of Cu, Pb and Cd in Water Sample by Differential
Pulse Anodic Stripping Voltammetry (DPASV) 1 3
53. Estimation of Ammonia in Water using Kjeldahl Method 1 3
![Page 402: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/402.jpg)
54. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 1 3
55. Analysis of Fluoride in Ground Water and Potable Water 1 3
56. Revision. 1 3
57. Final Lab Exam. 1 3
Total 15 45
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 15 - 45 - 30 60 90
Credit 1 - 1 - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align
with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods
that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment
method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and
teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1 Describe the methods of preparation and
treatment for different samples to analysis
(environmental, industrial, natural or synthetic).
Lecture
Discussion
Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
final exam
1.2 Recognize different analytical methods Lecture Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
None
![Page 403: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/403.jpg)
(electroanalytical, spectrophotometric,
chromatographic, titermetric and gravimetric
methods) in the analysis of particular sample
environmental or industrial or natural or
synthetic.
Discussion final exam
2.0 Cognitive Skills
By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Handle the samples by using different
analytical methods for analysis
Lecture
Discussion
brainstorming
Major 1 & 2, final exam
and exam lab
2.2 Analyze chemical data to identify and estimate
the analyte (qualitative and quantitative)
Lecture
Discussion
brainstorming
Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
final exam and exam lab
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Collaborate effectively with other people in a
team
lab demonstrations
small group work
Lab. reports
3.2 Select the most appropriate analytical tool for a
particular sample (environmental or industrial
or natural or synthetic)
Lecture
Discussion
brainstorming
Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
final exam and exam lab
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Interpret data derived from laboratory
observations and measurements in terms of
their significance and the theory underlying
them.
lab demonstrations
small group work
Lab. reports
5.0
Psychomotor
By the end of this course the students will be able to
5.1 Perform analysis in the lab on different
instruments
lab demonstrations
small group work
Lab. reports
Lab. exams
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program
LO #s across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.6 2.1 2.3 2.5 3.2 3.3 4.3 5.1 5.2
1.1
1.2 √
2.1 √
2.2 √ √
3.1 √
3.2 √
4.1 √
5.1 √ √
![Page 404: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/404.jpg)
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,
oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Lab report Lab report 10 %
2
Major exams I 7 th week 10%
3 Practical Lab1 exam 7 th week 10%
4 Major 2 examination 12 th week 10%
5 Final examination
LAB. Practical exam 15th week 15%
LECT.
(30% lecture + 15% Theoretical
lab exam)
scheduled
by the
registrar
45%
(30% Lect + 15% Lab)
6 Total - 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
e. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.
f. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career advice,
and general counseling.
E. Learning Resources
7. List Required Textbooks
- Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemical Analysis, Steen Hansen, Stig Pedersen-
Bjergaard, Knut Rasmussen, ISBN: 978-0-470-66121-5, 512 pages, 2011
- Handbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis (Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences), 2001,
by Lena A. Ohannesian, Anthony J. Streeter
- Pharmaceutical Drug Analysis : methodology - theory - instrumentation, pharmaceutical
assays - cognate assays, by Ashutosh Kar, New Delhi New Age International Publ. 2008
- Pharmaceutical Analysis (Sheffield Analytical Chemistry), David Lee and Michael Webb,
Blackwell; 1st edition (2003). ISBN-10: 0849328144, ISBN-13: 978-0849328145
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
Journal of Environmental Management (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/03014797)
Journal of Environmental Sciences (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-environmental-
sciences/)
Journal of Food and Drug Analysis (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-food-and-drug-
analysis/)
Journal of Food Composition and Analysis (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-food-
![Page 405: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/405.jpg)
composition-and-analysis/)
PharmaceuticaAnalyticaActa (http://omicsonline.org/pharmaceutica-analytica-acta.php)
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
- Food Analysis3nd Ed. by Suzane Nielsen. 2003. Prud university, westlafoyette, Indiana. An Aspen
publication, Gaithersburg, Maryland.
- Handbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis edited by Lena Ohannesian, Mcneil Consumer Healthcare
Company Fort Washington, Pennsylvania and Antony J. Streeter The R.W. Johnson Pharmaceutical
Research Institude, Spring House, Pennsylvania.
- Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewaterby American Public Health
Association (Author), AWWA (American Water Works Association) (Author), Water Environment
Federation (Author), E.W. Rice (Editor), R.B. Baird (Editor), A.D. Eaton (Editor), L. S.
Clesceri (Editor).ISBN-13: 978-0875530130
ISBN-10: 0875530133 Edition: 22nd
4. List Electronic Materials(eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or
regulations and software.
1. Power point prepared by the course instructor
2. Materials available on the lecture's home page
3. Course material, homework, quizzes and notes will be posted on the black board that could be accessed by
the students enrolled in the course
4. Handout of Applied analytical chemistry
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
14- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).
15- Data show, computer and internet.
16- Chemical laboratory with at least 25 places.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Data show
• Smart Board
• Blackboard
• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.
![Page 406: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/406.jpg)
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1..Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
e. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the
teaching process used during the course.
f. Confidential completion of course evaluation survey.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
g. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.
h. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.
i. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching
4. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.
5. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.
3. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests
or a
sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for
improvement.
• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring
forms approved by the QU & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved
in the departmental and higher councils.
• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course
(course report).
• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the
proposed changes.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 407: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/407.jpg)
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Research Project - CHEM 497
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 408: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/408.jpg)
Course Specifications
Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Research project - CHEM 497
2. Credit hours: 3
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
Chemsitry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Hussein Elsagher
Dr. Safa A. Abdulwahab
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th Level / 3rd year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): None
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None
8. Location if not on main campus: N/A
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
100% √
![Page 409: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/409.jpg)
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
By the end of this course the student should be:
- Taught the basic concepts of how to write the scientific report, and the main sections that must be
present.
- Given how to use the internet websites to carry out scientific research and collect research papers
related to define subject.
- Taught how to prepare a presentation to display his/her ideas, Also how to talk, slide show and
pronunciation of scientific terms in a proper way.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field)
- The contents of the course must be regularly updated through websites and electronic libraries
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
This course will be designed to enable students to understand the construction of scientific database,
literature survey and the main concepts of writing a scientific paper, moreover, it will allow students to
conduct scientific research. The student study an academic research methodology with the supervisor within
4-6 weeks 6 hours’ lecture/ week, then applies the scientific research methodology for preparing scientific
study under the supervision of a professor. Finally, the student introduces a final report written by a
scientific methodology and a presentation on the subject.
1. Topics to be Covered:
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Chapter 1:The writing process
1.1. The purpose of academic writing
1.2 Common types of academic writing
1.3The format of long and short writing tasks .
1.4 The features of academic writing
1 6
Chapter 2: Reading: finding suitable sources
2.1Reading methods
2.2Titles, sub-titles and text features
2.3Using library catalogues
2.4Using library websites to search electronic resources
1 6
![Page 410: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/410.jpg)
Chapter 3: Finding key points and note-making
3.1 Note-making methods
3.2 Finding key points
3.3 Finding relevant points
3.4 Effective note-making
1 6
Chapter 4: Composing the Sections of a Research Paper
4.1. Abstract
4.2. Introduction
4.3. Materials and methods
4.4. Results and discussion
4.5. Summary
4.6 References
1 6
Chapter 5: Writing models
5.1. Paper
5.2. Report
5.3. essay
5.4. thesis
5.5. literature reviews
1 6
Chapter 6: Preparing a Manuscript for Submission
6.1. Choosing a Journal
6.2. A Final Rewrite
1 6
Students choose to work on individual theoretical research under direction of
a faculty member in chemistry or a related field and apply the previous items
in the research.
9 54
Total
15 90
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours - - 90 - 45 90 135
Credit - - 3 - - 3 5.4
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
None
![Page 411: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/411.jpg)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge 1.1 Defines the components of the scientific report. Lectures, discussions Evaluation form for the
report (Attachment No. (1))
1.2 Prepare the references section of the report for
different types of scientific literature.
Lectures, discussions Evaluation form for the
report (Attachment No. (1))
1.3 Write the report correctly. Following up the student
while writing his/her
report
Evaluation form for the
report (Attachment No. (1))
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Summarize the main ideas of his/her specified
subject.
Following up the student
while writing his/her
report
Evaluation form for the
report (Attachment No. (1))
and oral exam.
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Demonstrate his/her project through the
presentation
Following up the student
while preparing his/her
presentation
Evaluation form for the
presentation (Attachment
No. (2)) and oral exam
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate effectively both orally and in writing
with professionals and/or lay audience
Following up the student
during presentation
Evaluation form for the
report (Attachment No. (2))
and oral exam.
4.2 Collect scientific literature using different sources
hard or soft
Research activity
Following up the student
while collecting the
literature.
Evaluation form for the
references (Attachment No.
(1))
5.0
Psychomotor
NA
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across
the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.3 1.6 2.6 3.1 4.2 4.4
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
4.2 √
![Page 412: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/412.jpg)
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment 1
Attendance of the student for lectures Weekly 5%
2
Report evaluation by supervisor 15 25%
3
Report evaluation by referees (attachment No. (1))
15 25%
4
Presentation evaluation (attachment No. (2))
15 25%
5 Oral exam.
15 20%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)
6 hours / week
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
Katz and Michael Jay, 2009. From Research to Manuscript, A Guide to Scientific Writing, ISBN 978-1-4020-
9467-5, pp181
The names of the scientific literature related to the research subject that is specified by the supervisor
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Any recent research paper related to the chosen subject
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
The recent supervisor's research paper can be included and used as reference
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
None
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
None
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
- Create a library in the department and also to participate in the global electronic libraries to
![Page 413: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/413.jpg)
help both the student and the supervisor to conduct research topics modern.
- Computer laboratory connected to internet to carry out scientific research (About 30 seats)
well equipped for students.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
- Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet
connection
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:
- Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course
- Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the
instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
- Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods.
- Attending teachers' meetings
- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
None
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for
improvement.
(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms approved by
the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental and higher
councils.
(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported to the
course instructor officially through the department.
(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.
![Page 414: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/414.jpg)
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hussein Elsagher Dr. Safa A. Abdulwahab
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 415: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/415.jpg)
Attachment No. (1)
EVALUATION OF GRADUATION PROJECT
Student Name: ……………………………………………..l
Student ID:…………………………………..
Semester\Year: :……………………………………..
No Evaluation item Assessment
1 Title (does it reflect the content of the manuscript)
(3 points)
2 Abstract or summary (Stands alone as a succinct
summary; concise and thorough)
(4 points)
3 Introduction & main part (Convincingly establishes
scientific motivation and is thoroughly researched)
(10 points)
4 Citations ( The citations within the body of the text are
appropriate, accurate, and comprehensive, are uniformly
formatted throughout the text, and are all included in an
uniform format in the References list)
(4 points)
5 Overall ( manuscript written in clear, and accurate
English)
(4 points)
total
/25
Comments
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Referee:
![Page 416: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/416.jpg)
Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 415
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
عـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــيواال
Attachment No. (2)
Scientific Presentation Evaluation Form (CHEM 497)
Student Name: ……………………………ID:………………
Title: ………………………………………
Semester\year: ………………………………………
No. Scoring Criteria Points
1- The presentation contents are suitable to the Title of the subject.
/ 5
2- Presentation contains scientifically accurate material. / 5
3- Student's ability to clarify and explain the lecture. / 5
4- The language of the student and pronunciation of terminology / 5
5- Length of the presentation is within the assigned time requirement. / 5
Total score / 25
Department Members Evaluations Signature
1-
2-
3-
4-
5-
جامعة حائل
ــــومكليــة العل
الكيمياء قسم
University of Hail
Faculty of Science
Chemistry Department
![Page 417: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/417.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Drug Analysis - CHEM 498
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 418: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/418.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Course Specifications
Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016
College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code : Drug Analysis - CHEM 498
2. Credit hours: 2 (two Credit hours) {2 Lec.} Contact hours: {2 Lec}.
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Waed Alahmad
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level eight / 4 th year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): N/A
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): Chromatographic Separation Methods CHEM 493
8. Location if not on main campus: N/A
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: N/A
100% √
![Page 419: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/419.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
B. Objectives 1. What is the main purpose for this course?
• Provide an overview of preparation and treatments of samples to analysis.
• Explain overall analytical processes.
• Select the appropriate analytical technique when presented with practical proplem.
• Apply different spectroscopic, electrochemical and chromatographic methods in
pharmaceutical analysis
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as
a result of new research in the field)
• The course material was posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by
the students enrolled in the course .
• The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students
enrolled in the course
• Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture
course material.
• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings
• Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
This course intends to outline preparation and treatments of samples to analysis and explain the application
of electroanalytical, spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods on environmental samples, industrial,
natural or synthetic samples and pharmaceutical preparations.
1. Topics to be Covered in lectures
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact Hours
![Page 420: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/420.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
1. Analysis of real samples.
1.1. Real samples
1.2. choice of analytical method
1.3. accuracy in the analysis of complex material
2 4
2. Preparing samples for analysis.
2.1 preparing laboratory samples
2.2 moisture in samples
3 6
3. Decomposing and dissolving the sample.
3.1. sources of error in decomposition and dissolution
3.2. decomposing samples with inorganig acid in open vessels
3.3. microwave decomposition
3.4. combustion methods for decomposing organic samples
3.5. Decomposition of inorganig materials by fluxes
3 6
4. Selection methods of analysis. 1 2
5. Principles of pharmaceutical analysis with special reference
5.1. Acidimetric, Alkalimeter, Oxidation-reduction reactions,
Argentimetry
5.2. Nonaqueous titrations, Compleximetry
3 6
6. Chromatographic techniques. Basic principles, classification and
applications
6.1. Thin layer chromatography, Gas chromatography, Column
chromatography and HPLC, LC/MS.
6.2. Applications of these techniques in the qualitative and
quantitative analysis of selected drugs and drug metabolites
3 6
Total 15 30
![Page 421: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/421.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 30 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods
and Teaching Strategy
In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning
domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and
align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate
assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning
outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an
integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from
each domain.)
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to
1.1
Recognize the basic and general concepts of
different spectroscopic analysis and
instruments used for drug analysis.
Lecture
Discussion
Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
final exam
1.2
Describe the general approach for
preparing, decomposing and dissolving
samples.
Lecture
Discussion.
Major 1 & 2, final exam
2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to
2.1 Calculate different problems belong to drug
analysis
Lecture,
Brainstorming
Discussion.
Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
final exam
2.2 Analyze different situations and problems
relevant to drug analysis
lecture
Brainstorming
Discussion
Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
final exam
None
![Page 422: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/422.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to
3.1 Select the appropriate analytical methods
used for drug analysis
Lecture
Brainstorming
Discussion
Major 1 & 2, quizzes and
final exam
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
By the end of this course the students will be able to
4.1 Research on different topics in many
websites of drug analysis
Research activity
Individual and group
Research assessment
5.0 Psychomotor N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,
examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of
Total Assessment
13. Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group
report)
Regularly 10%
14. Major I exams 7th 20%
15. Major II exams 12th 20%
16. Final exam 15th week
scheduled by the
registrar
50%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.3 1.6 1.7 2.3 2.5 3.3 4.1 4.2
1.1 √ √
1.2 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
4.1 √ √
![Page 423: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/423.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations
and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each
week.)
• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’
consultation and academic advice.
• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the students
E. Learning Resources
8. List Required Textbooks
a) Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemical Analysis, Steen Hansen, Stig Pedersen-
Bjergaard, Knut Rasmussen, ISBN: 978-0-470-66121-5, 512 pages, 2011
b) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis (Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences), 2001,
by Lena A. Ohannesian, Anthony J. Streeter
c) Pharmaceutical Drug Analysis : methodology - theory - instrumentation, pharmaceutical
assays - cognate assays, by Ashutosh Kar, New Delhi New Age International Publ. 2008
d) Pharmaceutical Analysis (Sheffield Analytical Chemistry), David Lee and Michael Webb,
Blackwell; 1st edition (2003). ISBN-10: 0849328144, ISBN-13: 978-0849328145
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
1. http://ull.chemistry.uakron.edu/analytical/
2. http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm
3. http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/stathome.html
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
a) Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by
Francis and Annick Rouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032
b) Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation methods and Techniques, F. Rouessac and A.
Rouessac, Wiley, 2000.
4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
![Page 424: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/424.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936
http://www.odu.edu/sci/xu/chem321/chem321.htm
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or
regulations and software.
16- Power point prepared by the course instructor.
17- Materials available on the lecture's home page
18- Instrumental analysis software,( CD of the text book).
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of
seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
17- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).
18- Data show, computer and internet.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
• Data show
• Smart Board
• Blackboard
• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or
attach list):
Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
g) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching
process that used for course.
h) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire
9. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
![Page 425: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/425.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
m. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.
n. Peer consultation on teaching
o. Departmental council discussions
p. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.
10. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
m) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.
n) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
o) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.
p) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences
11. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and
remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.
12. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for improvement.
m) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)
n) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be
taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.
o) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed
Changes.
p) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest
Improved
Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad
Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________
Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________
![Page 426: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/426.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
General Physics for Scientist - PHYS 201
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 427: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/427.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Course Specifications
Institution University of Hail Date of Report: 24/10/2016
College of Science/ Physics Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code:
General Physics for Scientist, Phys 201
2. Credit hours: 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Bachelor of Science (Chemistry).
(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr Abdallah belal adam (coordinator)
Dr. Fawzy Ragab
Dr Mohamed Gandouzi
Dr Abdelwahab Hessuin
Dr Ziaul Raza Khan
Dr Elsaffah Elawad
Dr. Mirham Barakat
5. Level/year at which this course is offered: First year
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) Phys 101.
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) None.
8. Location if not on main campus:
Faculty of science (Male) and Aja (Female) campus.
9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. E-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments:
√ 100
![Page 428: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/428.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
B. Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
The main purpose of this course is to introduce to the third level students in science the basic laws and
concepts of electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic waves, energy transport, Pointing vector, radiation
pressure, polarization, reflection and refraction.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.
increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the
field) First: The course's topics were reviewed and became more comprehensive than before. Second: the contents of the course will be evaluated and improved every four years. Third: Some course materials are available on the web and students can benefit from them online.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact
Hours Ch.26 Current and ResistanceI: 26-2 Electric current, 26-3 Current density, 26-4 Resistance and resistivity, 26-5 Ohm’s law, 26-7 Power in electric circuits, 26-8 Semiconductors 26-9 Superconductors.
3
6
Ch.27 Circuit: 27-2 Pumping charges, 27-3 Work, energy and emf, 27-4 Calculating the current in a single-Loop circuit, 27-6 Potential difference, 27-7 M-loop circuits, 27-8 The Ammeter and voltmeter, 27-9 RC circuits.
3 6
![Page 429: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/429.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Ch.28 Magnetic fields: 28-3 Magnetic Field, 28-6 Circulating charge particle, 28-7 Cyclotron, 28-8 Magnetic force in a current carrying wire, 28-9 Torque in a current loop , 28-10 The magnetic dipole moment.
2
4
Ch.33 Electromagnetic waves: 33-2 Maxwell Rainbow, 33-3 The travelling electromagnetic waves, 33-5 Energy transport and Poynting vector, 33-6 Radiation pressure, 33-7 Polarization, 33-8 Reflection and refraction.
3
6
Ch.34 Images: 34-2 Images, 34-3 Plane mirror, 34-4 Spherical mirror, 34-6 Spherical reflecting surfaces, 34-7 Thin lenses 34-8 Optical instruments.
3
6
General revision 1 2
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 2 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and
Teaching Strategy
Course Learning Outcomes, Assessment Methods, and Teaching Strategy work together and are aligned. They are
joined together as one, coherent, unity that collectively articulate a consistent agreement between student learning,
assessment, and teaching.
none
![Page 430: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/430.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
The National Qualification Framework provides five learning domains. Course learning outcomes are required.
Normally a course should not exceed eight learning outcomes which align with one or more of the five learning
domains. Some courses have one or more program learning outcomes integrated into the course learning outcomes to
demonstrate program learning outcome alignment. The program learning outcome matrix map identifies which
program learning outcomes are incorporated into specific courses.
On the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning domains (see
suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align with the assessment
methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods that accurately measure and
evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcomes, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to
reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and teaching process. Fourth, if any program learning
outcomes are included in the course learning outcomes, place the @ symbol next to it.
Every course is not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0
Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the basic laws of physics in
electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic waves,
energy transport, Poynting vector, radiation
pressure, polarization, reflection and
refraction.
Class lectures Final exam, major exams,
Quizzes.
1.2 Recognize Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff, law,
reflection, refraction, polarization , energy and
Poynting vector.
Class lectures Final exam, major exams,
Quizzes.
1.3 Recognize Current and current density,
resistance, resistivity, electric field, magnetic
fields. Emf, semiconductors and
superconductors.
Class lectures Final exam, major exams,
Quizzes.
2.0
Cognitive Skills
2.1 Solve problems and Develop lines of argument
and appropriate judgments in accordance with
basic scientific concepts.
Class lectures Final exam, major exams,
Quizzes..
3.0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Collaborate and Acquire independent learning
and continuous development on the personal
During Class lectures. Discussion.
![Page 431: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/431.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
and professional level
4.0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Demonstrate information and communication
technology efficiently
Discussion on the
lectures.
Evaluation.
5.0
Psychomotor (for practical course)
5.1 Not Applicable
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.5 2.5 3.2 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due
Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Quiz 1 3rd week 5
2 Major Exam 1 5th week 10
3 Quiz 2 8th week 5
4 Major Exam 2 10th week 15
5 Quiz 3 (optional) 14th week
6 Final Exam 16th week 55
7 Attendance and class participation All weeks 10
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1- Solution of homework problems (by a faculty member)
2- Office hours, 10 hours/week
In general Instructors are available daily and not less than 5 office hours per week.
Students can communicate with instructor via e-mail. In general Instructors are available daily and not
less than 5 office hours per week.
Students can communicate with instructor via e-mail.
![Page 432: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/432.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks:
1- "Fundamentals of Physics", by Halliday, Resnick and Walker, 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc
(2008).
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
Lecture notes and tutorials.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):
• Giancoli D.C., Physics for Scientist & Engineers, 3rd. Ed., 1999, Prentice Hall
• Cutnell & Johnson, Physics, 4th Ed. 1998, John Wiley
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:
The web site related to the text books.
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in
classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):
1- Lecture room of a minimum of 30 seats
2- Smart board
3- Internet connections (LAN connection).
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):
1- Computer laboratory of a basic of 20 PCs.
2- Internet connection in the lab available to students.
.
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):
Videos on selective topics of Physics.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
Students survey at the end of the classes.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor
Instructors' reports and feedbacks in each semester.
![Page 433: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/433.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching
Benefit from instructors' reports and feedbacks and Students survey to develop teaching strategies.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent
member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of
assignments with staff at another institution)
Feedback from students each term with annual revision for contents, teaching strategies and assessment methods of
the course.
Name of Course Instructor: Dr Abdallah Belal Adam
Signature: ________ Report Completion Date: 24/01/2016
Program Coordinator:______________________________________________________
Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________
![Page 434: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/434.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Attachment 2 (e)
Course Specifications
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Mathematics for Chemistry – MATH 200
T6. Course Specifications
![Page 435: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/435.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Course Specifications
Institution University of Hail Date 23/11/2016
College/Department Collage of Science/ Mathematics Department
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. Course title and code: Mathematics for Chemistry – MATH 200
2. Credit hours 2
3. Program(s) in which the course is offered.
(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)
Bachelor Degree Chemistry
4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:- Mr. Tariq Alshammari
5. Level/year at which this course is offered The Third Level Years
6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) Math 101
7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) None
8. Location if not on main campus None
9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
a. Traditional classroom What percentage?
b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?
c. e-learning What percentage?
d. Correspondence What percentage?
f. Other What percentage?
Comments: N/A
100
![Page 436: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/436.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
B Objectives
1. What is the main purpose for this course?
- To learn the Cartesian coordinates, plane polar coordinates, spherical coordinates.
- To learn the general properties of logarithms, common logarithms, natural
logarithms.
- To learn the limits and continuity, derivatives and integration.
- To know matrices and determinants, inverse of a matrix and solution of system of
linear equation.
- To learn the differential equation and their solutions.
2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as
a result of new research in the field)
According the different evaluation it will be improve the course.
C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)
Course Description:
The course contain the main subjects and skills for studying chemistry.
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact hours
Coordinate system. Cartesian coordinates, plane polar coordinates,
spherical coordinates. 1 2
Logarithms. General properties of logarithms, common logarithms,
natural logarithm. 1 2
Solving logarithmic equation. 1 2 Matrixes and determinants. Introduction, square matrix and determinant. 1 2 Matrix algebra, inverse of a matrix. 1 2 Solution of system of linear equation. 1 2 Infinite series, test for convergence and divergence, power series. 1 2 Maclaurin and Taylor series. 1 2
Differential calculus. Introduction, limits. 1 2
Derivatives. 1 2
Integrals calculus. Introduction, integrals and ant derivatives, general
methods of integration, special methods of integration. 1 2
![Page 437: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/437.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Double integrals, triple integrals. 1 2
Differential equation. Introduction, first order differential equation. 1 2
Separable and linear Differential equations. 1 2
Exact differential equation, integration factors. 1 2
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture
Tutorial Laboratory
or Studio
Practical
Other
(self- study)
Total
KSA* ECTS
Contact
Hours 2 - - 60 30 90
Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6
*Self-study is not included
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment
Methods and Teaching Strategy
On the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.
First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate
learning domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that
fit and align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate
assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning
outcomes, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an
integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes
from each domain.)
Code
#
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning
Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Define the fundamental concepts
of mathematics. Giving several examples that explain the theory and techniques.
Final exam, major
exams and quizzes.
1.2 Recognize the significance of
Mathematics.
Giving several examples that explain the theory and techniques.
Final exam, major
exams and quizzes.
1.3 Write mathematical principles
accurately Giving several examples that Final exam, major
none
![Page 438: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/438.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s
across the top.)
Course
LOs #
Program Learning Outcomes
(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)
1.5 2.5 3.1 4.1
1.1 √
1.2 √
1.3 √
2.1 √
2.2 √
3.1 √
4.1 √
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester
Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,
speech, oral presentation, etc.)
Week Due Proportion of Total
Assessment
1
Major Exam I 6th 20%
2
Major Exam II 11th 20%
3 Class activities, Quizzes , Group project and / or homework's 4th ,8th
and / or 10%
explain the theory and techniques. exams and quizzes. 2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Calculate the mathematical
problems accurately Lecturer, Dissection, and Inquiry on most days during the course and brainstorming.
Final exam, major
exams and quizzes.
2.2 Explain the rationale for using a
certain method Giving several examples that explain the theory and techniques.
Final exam, major
exams and quizzes.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Illustrate how to take up
responsibility. Small group work Homework
assignments.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Online researching for
mathematical tools used for typical problems encountered in
quantitative topics.
Online Research Group report.
5.0 Psychomotor
NA
![Page 439: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/439.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
12th
4 Final Exam 16th 50%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations
and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each
week)
6 Office Hours
E-Learning Resources 1. List Required Textbooks:
1- Applied Mathematics for Physical Chemistry, James R Barrante, 3rd Ed.
2- University Calculus, Hass, Weir and Thomas, 2nd Edition.
3- Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Cryzeg, 10th Ed.
2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):
None
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc.):
None
4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc.:
1- List E-Materials (e.g. Web site, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.).
2- Other learning materials such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations
and software.
5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or
regulations:
None
F. Facilities Required
Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of
seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)
1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)
Lecture room with at least 30 seats.
2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)
Data show or Smart Board
![Page 440: · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101](https://reader034.vdocuments.us/reader034/viewer/2022042221/5ec7643db075612ca66dd93a/html5/thumbnails/440.jpg)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for Academic
Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or
attach list) None
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching
Course evaluation forms are filled by all students as applied questionnaire
Student's solutions of different exams.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department
* Discussions with the faculty members who taught the course before.
** Periodic self- assessment of the course *** Course evaluation forms are filled by instructors
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching
* Searching through the internet to have the most up-to-date information and methods of
teaching developed by experts teaching and learning methodologies.
** Use social media (quantum group) and blackboard (Bb) effectively
*** Small student's reports or quantum topic missions.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an
independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking
of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
Auditing answer sheets accurately with other colleagues
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning
for improvement. The course material and learning outcomes are reviewed by the coordinator who course responsible
with department reviewing committee. The course content and teaching methodologies are improved
within students and stuff applied questionnaire, course report action plan and internal / external
efficiency exams. All course file items revised periodically during the semester.
Name of Instructor:
Signature: __________________________ Date Report Completed: 23/11/2016
Name of Course Instructor ____________________________________
Program Coordinator: ___________Dr. Ahmed Metwally Mosallem________________________
Signature: __________________________ Date Received: ___________________